C型肝炎(HCV)為RNA單鏈病毒及丙型肝炎病毒屬(Hepacivirus genus)的成員。據估計,75%之所有肝病案例均由HCV造成。HCV感染可導致肝硬化及肝癌,且若任其發展,則可導致可能需要肝臟移植之肝臟衰竭。全世界大約有71百萬人忍受慢性HCV感染且每年大約399,000人死於HCV,大多數由於肝硬化及肝細胞癌。
RNA聚合酶為針對RNA單鏈病毒之藥物研發的關鍵標靶。HCV非結構蛋白NS5B RNA依賴性RNA聚合酶為造成初始化及催化病毒RNA合成的關鍵酶。存在兩種主要NS5B抑制劑子類:核苷類似物及非核苷抑制劑(NNI)。核苷類似物同化成充當聚合酶之替代受質的活性三磷酸酯,且非核苷抑制劑(NNI)與蛋白質上之別構區結合。核苷或核苷酸抑制劑模擬天然聚合酶受質,且充當鏈終止劑。其抑制RNA轉錄之開始及初生RNA鏈之伸長。
除靶向RNA聚合酶以外,亦可在組合療法中靶向其他RNA病毒蛋白。舉例而言,為用於治療性方法之額外標靶的HCV蛋白為NS3/4A (絲胺酸蛋白酶)及NS5A (非結構蛋白,其為HCV複製酶之必要組分且對細胞路徑發揮一系列影響)。
在2013年12月,第一核苷NS5B聚合酶抑制劑索非布韋(sofosbuvir,Sovaldi
®,Gilead Sciences)審批通過。Sovaldi
®為尿苷胺基磷酸酯前藥,其由肝細胞吸收且經歷胞內活化,以得到活性代謝物,2'-去氧-2'-α-氟-β-C-甲基尿苷-5'-三磷酸。
Sovaldi
® 2'-去氧-2'-α-氟-β-C-甲基尿苷-5'-三磷酸
Sovaldi
®為第一藥物,其已顯示治療某些類型之HCV感染之安全性及功效而無需共投與干擾素。Sovaldi
®為具有得到FDA批准之突破性療法指定之第三藥物。
在2014年,美國FDA審批通過治療慢性C型肝炎病毒基因型1感染之Harvoni
®(雷迪帕韋(ledispasvir),一種NS5A抑制劑;及索非布韋)。Harvoni
®為審批通過以治療慢性HCV基因型1感染之第一組合丸劑。其亦為不需要投與干擾素或利巴韋林(ribavirin)之第一審批通過的方案。另外,FDA審批通過與索非布韋(Sovaldi
®)組合之西咪匹韋(simeprevir,Olysio
TM)作為患有基因型1 HCV感染之成人的每日一次、全部口服、無干擾素及利巴韋林之治療劑。
美國FDA亦在2014年審批通過AbbVie's VIEKIRA Pak
TM,一種含有達薩布韋(dasabuvir) (非核苷NS5B聚合酶抑制劑)、奧比他韋(ombitasvir) (NS5A抑制劑)、帕咜匹韋(paritaprevir) (NS3/4A抑制劑)及利托那韋(ritonavir)之多丸劑封裝。VIEKIRA Pak
TM可與利巴韋林一起使用或不與其一起使用,以治療感染基因型1 HCV患者,包括患有補償性肝硬化之患者。VIEKIRA Pak
TM並不需要干擾素共治療(co-therapy)。
在2015年7月,美國FDA審批通過Technivie
TM及Daklinza
TM以分別治療HCV基因型4及HCV基因型3。Technivie
TM(奧匹替韋(Ombitasvir)/帕咜匹韋和/利托那韋)審批通過用於與利巴韋林組合使用,以治療患者之HCV基因型4而無疤痕及肝硬化,且為不需要共投與干擾素之經HCV-4感染之患者的第一選擇。審批通過Daklinza
TM以與Sovaldi
®一起使用,以治療HCV基因型3感染。Daklinza
TM為第一藥物,其在治療HCV基因型3中已顯示安全性及功效而無需共投與干擾素或利巴韋林。
在2015年10月,美國FDA警告HCV治療劑Viekira Pak及Technivie可主要在患有潛在晚期肝病之患者中造成嚴重肝臟損傷,且要求,在標記上添加關於安全性之額外資訊。
用於HCV之其他當前審批通過之治療劑包括:干擾素α-2b或聚乙二醇化干擾素α-2b (Pegintron
®),其可與以下一起投與:利巴韋林(Rebetol
®)、NS3/4A特拉匹韋(telaprevir) (Incivek
®,Vertex及Johnson & Johnson)、波普瑞韋(boceprevir) (Victrelis
TM,Merck)、西咪匹韋(Olysio
TM,Johnson & Johnson)、帕咜匹韋(AbbVie)、奧匹替韋(AbbVie)、NNI達薩布韋(ABT-333)及Merck之Zepatier
TM(兩種藥物格佐匹韋(grazoprevir)及艾爾巴韋(elbasvir)的單錠劑組合)。
額外NS5B聚合酶抑制劑當前處於研發中。Merck正研發尿苷核苷酸前藥MK-3682 (先前Idenix IDX21437)且該藥物當前處於階段II組合試驗中。
描述用於治療黃病毒(包括HCV)之核苷聚合酶抑制劑之美國專利及WO申請案包括由Idenix Pharmaceuticals申請之彼等(6,812,219、6,914,054、7,105,493、7,138,376、7,148,206、7,157,441、7,163,929、7,169,766、7,192,936、7,365,057、7,384,924、7,456,155、7,547,704、7,582,618、7,608,597、7,608,600、7,625,875、7,635,689、7,662,798、7,824,851、7,902,202、7,932,240、7,951,789、8,193,372、8,299,038、8,343,937、8,362,068、8,507,460、8,637,475、8,674,085、8,680,071、8,691,788、8,742,101、8,951,985、9,109,001、9,243,025、US2016/0002281、US2013/0064794、WO/2015/095305、WO/2015/081133、WO/2015/061683、WO/2013/177219、WO/2013/039920、WO/2014/137930、WO/2014/052638、WO/2012/154321);Merck (6,777,395、7,105,499、7,125,855、7,202,224、7,323,449、7,339,054、7,534,767、7,632,821、7,879,815、8,071,568、8,148,349、8,470,834、8,481,712、8,541,434、8,697,694、8,715,638、9,061,041、9,156,872及WO/2013/009737);Emory University (6,348,587、6,911,424、7,307,065、7,495,006、7,662,938、7,772,208、8,114,994、8,168,583、8,609,627、US 2014/0212382及WO2014/1244430);Gilead Sciences/ Pharmasset Inc. (7,842,672、7,973,013、8,008,264、8,012,941、8,012,942、8,318,682、8,324,179、8,415,308、8,455,451、8,563,530、8,841,275、8,853,171、8,871,785、8,877,733、8,889,159、8,906,880、8,912,321、8,957,045、8,957,046、9,045,520、9,085,573、9,090,642及9,139,604)及(6,908,924、6,949,522、7,094,770、7,211,570、7,429,572、7,601,820、7,638,502、7,718,790、7,772,208、RE42,015、7,919,247、7,964,580、8,093,380、8,114,997、8,173,621、8,334,270、8,415,322、8,481,713、8,492,539、8,551,973、8,580,765、8,618,076、8,629,263、8,633,309、8,642,756、8,716,262、8,716,263、8,735,345、8,735,372、8,735,569、8,759,510及8,765,710);Hoffman La-Roche (6,660,721);Roche (6,784,166、7,608,599、7,608,601及8,071,567);Alios BioPharma Inc. (8,895,723、8,877,731、8,871,737、8,846,896、8,772,474、8,980,865、9,012,427、US 2015/0105341、US 2015/0011497、US 2010/0249068、US2012/0070411、WO 2015/054465、WO 2014/209979、WO 2014/100505、WO 2014/100498、WO 2013/142159、WO 2013/142157、WO 2013/096680、WO 2013/088155、WO 2010/108135);Enanta Pharmaceuticals (US 8,575,119、8,846,638、9,085,599、WO 2013/044030、WO 2012/125900);Biota (7,268,119、7,285,658、7,713,941、8,119,607、8,415,309、8,501,699及8,802,840);Biocryst Pharmaceuticals (7,388,002、7,429,571、7,514,410、7,560,434、7,994,139、8,133,870、8,163,703、8,242,085及8,440,813);Alla Chem, LLC (8,889,701及WO 2015/053662);Inhibitex (8,759,318及WO/2012/092484);Janssen Products (8,399,429、8,431,588、8,481,510、8,552,021、8,933,052、9,006,29及9,012,428); the University of Georgia Foundation (6,348,587、7,307,065、7,662,938、8,168,583、8,673,926、8,816,074、8,921,384及8,946,244);RFS Pharma, LLC (8,895,531、8,859,595、8,815,829、8,609,627、7,560,550、US 2014/0066395、US 2014/0235566、US 2010/0279969、WO/2010/091386及WO 2012/158811);University College Cardiff Consultants Limited (WO/2014/076490、WO 2010/081082、WO/2008/062206);Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278及WO 2014/169280);Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. (US 9,173,893);Katholieke Universiteit Leuven (WO 2015/158913);Catabasis (WO 2013/090420);以及the Regents of the University of Minnesota (WO 2006/004637)。
Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc.已在美國專利第9,828,410號及PCT申請案第WO 2016/144918中揭示用於治療HCV之β-D-2'-去氧-2'-α-氟-2'-β-C-取代-2-修飾-N
6-(單甲基及二甲基)嘌呤核苷酸。Atea亦已在US 2018/0009836及WO 2018/009623中揭示用於治療副黏液病毒及正黏液病毒感染的β-D-2'-去氧-2'-取代-4'-取代-2-N
6-取代-6-胺基嘌呤核苷酸。
仍存在研發安全、有效及耐受良好的抗HCV療法的強烈醫學需求。該需求加重對抗藥性之期望。更強效的直接作用抗病毒劑可顯著地縮短治療持續時間,且改良感染有所有HCV基因型之患者之順應性及SVR (持續病毒反應)速率。
因此,本發明之一目標為提供治療及/或預防HCV之感染的化合物、醫藥組合物、方法以及劑型。
Hepatitis C (HCV) is an RNA single-stranded virus and a member of the Hepacivirus genus. It is estimated that 75% of all cases of liver disease are caused by HCV. HCV infection can lead to cirrhosis and liver cancer, and if left unchecked, can lead to liver failure that may require a liver transplant. Approximately 71 million people worldwide suffer from chronic HCV infection and approximately 399,000 people die from HCV each year, mostly due to cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. RNA polymerase is a key target for drug development against RNA single-stranded viruses. The HCV nonstructural protein NS5B RNA-dependent RNA polymerase is the key enzyme responsible for initiating and catalyzing viral RNA synthesis. There are two major subclasses of NS5B inhibitors: nucleoside analogs and nonnucleoside inhibitors (NNIs). Nucleoside analogs assimilate into active triphosphates that serve as alternative substrates for the polymerase, and non-nucleoside inhibitors (NNIs) bind to allosteric regions on the protein. Nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors mimic natural polymerase substrates and act as chain terminators. They inhibit the initiation of RNA transcription and the elongation of nascent RNA chains. In addition to targeting RNA polymerase, other RNA viral proteins can also be targeted in combination therapies. For example, HCV proteins that are additional targets for therapeutic approaches are NS3/4A (serine protease) and NS5A (a nonstructural protein that is an essential component of the HCV replicase and exerts a range of effects on cellular pathways). In December 2013, the first nucleoside NS5B polymerase inhibitor, sofosbuvir (Sovaldi ® , Gilead Sciences), was approved. Sovaldi ® is a uridine aminophosphate prodrug that is taken up by hepatocytes and undergoes intracellular activation to yield the active metabolite, 2'-deoxy-2'-α-fluoro-β-C-methyluridine-5'-triphosphate. Sovaldi ® 2'-Deoxy-2'-α-fluoro-β-C-methyluridine-5'-triphosphate Sovaldi® is the first drug that has shown safety and efficacy in treating certain types of HCV infection without the need for co-administration of interferons. Sovaldi® is the third drug with breakthrough therapy designation approved by the FDA. In 2014, the U.S. FDA approved Harvoni® (ledispasvir, an NS5A inhibitor; and sofosbuvir) for the treatment of chronic hepatitis C virus genotype 1 infection. Harvoni® is the first combination pill approved to treat chronic HCV genotype 1 infection. It is also the first approved regimen that does not require administration of interferons or ribavirin. In addition, the FDA approved simeprevir (Olysio TM ) in combination with sofosbuvir (Sovaldi ® ) as a once-daily, all-oral, interferon- and ribavirin-free treatment for adults with genotype 1 HCV infection. The U.S. FDA also approved AbbVie's VIEKIRA Pak TM in 2014, a multi-pill package containing dasabuvir (non-nucleoside NS5B polymerase inhibitor), ombitasvir (NS5A inhibitor), paritaprevir (NS3/4A inhibitor) and ritonavir. VIEKIRA Pak TM can be used with or without ribavirin to treat patients infected with genotype 1 HCV, including those with compensated cirrhosis. VIEKIRA Pak TM does not require co-therapy with interferons. In July 2015, the U.S. FDA approved Technivie TM and Daklinza TM to treat HCV genotype 4 and HCV genotype 3, respectively. Technivie TM (Ombitasvir/Papivir and/ritonavir) is approved for use in combination with ribavirin to treat HCV genotype 4 in patients without scarring and cirrhosis, and is the first choice for patients infected with HCV-4 who do not require co-administration of interferons. Approved Daklinza TM for use with Sovaldi ® to treat HCV genotype 3 infection. Daklinza TM is the first drug that has shown safety and efficacy in treating HCV genotype 3 without the need for co-administration of interferons or ribavirin. In October 2015, the U.S. FDA warned that HCV treatments Viekira Pak and Technivie can cause severe liver damage, primarily in patients with underlying advanced liver disease, and requested that additional information about safety be added to the labeling. Other currently approved treatments for HCV include interferon alpha-2b or pegylated interferon alpha-2b (Pegintron ® ), which can be administered with ribavirin (Rebetol ® ), NS3/4A telaprevir (Incivek ® , Vertex and Johnson & Johnson), boceprevir (Victrelis ™ , Merck), simeprevir (Olysio ™ , Johnson & Johnson), pamovevir (AbbVie), opitidevir (AbbVie), NNI dasabuvir (ABT-333), and Merck's Zepatier ™ (a single-tablet combination of two drugs, grazoprevir and elbasvir). Additional NS5B polymerase inhibitors are currently in development. Merck is developing the uridine nucleotide prodrug MK-3682 (formerly Idenix IDX21437) and that drug is currently in Phase II combination trials. U.S. patents and WO applications describing nucleoside polymerase inhibitors for the treatment of flaviviruses, including HCV, include Pharmaceuticals (6,812,219, 6,914,054, 7,105,493, 7,138,376, 7,148,206, 7,157,441, 7,163,929, 7,169,766, 7,192,936, 7,365,057, 7,384,924, 7,4 56,155, 7,547,704, 7,582,618, 7,608,597, 7,608,600, 7,625,875, 7,635,689, 7,662,798, 7,824,851, 7,902,202, 7,932,240, 7,951,789, 8,193,372, 8,299,0 38, 8,343,937, 8,362,068, 8,507,460, 8,637,475, 8,674,085, 8,680,071, 8,69 1,788, 8,742,101, 8,951,985, 9,109,001, 9,243,025, US2016/0002281, US2013 /0064794、WO/2015/095305、WO/2015/081133、WO/2015/061683、WO/2013/17721 9. WO/2013/039920, WO/2014/137930, WO/2014/052638, WO/2012/154321); Merck (6,777,395, 7,105,499, 7,125,855, 7,202,224, 7,323,449, 7,339,054, 7,534,767, 7,632,821, 7,879,815, 8,071,568, 8,148,349, 8,470,834, 8,481,712, 8,541,434, 8,697,694, 8,715,638, 9,061,041, 9,156,872 and WO/2013/009737); Emory University (6,348,587, 6,911,424, 7,307,065, 7,495,006, 7,662,938, 7,772,208, 8,114,994, 8,168,583, 8,609,627, US 2014/0212382 and WO2014/1244430); Gilead Sciences/ Pharmasset Inc. (7,842,672, 7,973,013, 8,008,264, 8,012,941, 8,012,942, 8,318,682, 8,324,179 ,8,415,308, 8,455,451, 8,563,530, 8,841,275, 8,853,171, 8,871,785, 8,877,733 、8,889,159、8,906,880、8,912,321、8,957,045、8,957,046、9,045,520、9,085,573、9,090,642 and 9,139,604) and (6,908,924、6,949,522、7,094,770、7,211,570、7,429,5 72, 7,601,820, 7,638,502, 7,718,790, 7,772,208, RE42,015, 7,919,247, 7,964,58 0, 8,093,380, 8,114,997, 8,173,621, 8,334,270, 8,415,322, 8,481,713, 8,492,53 9, 8,551,973, 8,580,765, 8,618,076, 8,629,263, 8,633,309, 8,642,756, 8,716,262, 8,716,263, 8,735,345, 8,735,372, 8,735,569, 8,759,510 and 8,765,710); Hoffman La-Roche (6,660,721); Roche (6,784,166, 7,608,599, 7,608,601 and 8,071,567); Alios BioPharma Inc. (8,895,723, 8,877,731, 8,871,737, 8,846,896, 8,772,474, 8,980,865, 9,012,427, US 2015/0105341, US 2015/0011497, US 2010/0249068、US2012/0070411、WO 2015/054465、WO 2014/209979、WO 2014/100505、WO 2014/100498, WO 2013/142159, WO 2013/142157, WO 2013/096680, WO 2013/088155, WO 2010/108135); Enanta Pharmaceuticals (US 8,575,119, 8,846,638, 9,085,599, WO 2013/044030, WO 2012/125900); Biota (7,268,119, 7,285,658, 7,713,941, 8,119,607, 8,415,309, 8,501,699 and 8,802,840); Biocryst Pharmaceuticals (7,388,002, 7,429,571, 7,514,410, 7,560,434, 7,994,139, 8,133,870, 8,163,703, 8,242,085 and 8,440,813); Alla Chem, LLC (8,889,701 and WO 2015/053662); Inhibitex (8,759,318 and WO/2012/092484); Janssen Products (8,399,429, 8,431,588, 8,481,510, 8,552,021, 8,933,052, 9,006,29 and 9,012,428); the University of Georgia Foundation (6,348,587, 7,307,065, 7,662,938, 8,168,583, 8,673,926, 8,816,074, 8,921,384 and 8,946,244); RFS Pharma, LLC (8,895,531, 8,859,595, 8,815,829, 8,609,627, 7,560,550, US 2014/0066395, US 2014/0235566, US 2010/0279969, WO/2010/091386 and WO 2012/158811); University College Cardiff Consultants Limited (WO/2014/076490, WO 2010/081082, WO/2008/062206); Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278 and WO 2014/169280); Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. (US 9,173,893); Katholieke Universiteit Leuven (WO 2015/158913); Catabasis (WO 2013/090420); and the Regents of the University of Minnesota (WO 2006/004637). Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has disclosed β-D-2'-deoxy-2'-α-fluoro-2'-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -(monomethyl and dimethyl) purine nucleotides for the treatment of HCV in U.S. Patent No. 9,828,410 and PCT Application No. WO 2016/144918. Atea has also disclosed β-D-2'-deoxy-2'-substituted-4'-substituted-2-N 6 -substituted-6-amino purine nucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections in US 2018/0009836 and WO 2018/009623. There remains a strong medical need to develop safe, effective and well-tolerated anti-HCV therapies. This need exacerbates the expectation of drug resistance. More potent direct-acting antivirals can significantly shorten the duration of treatment and improve the compliance and SVR (sustained viral response) rates of patients infected with all HCV genotypes. Therefore, one object of the present invention is to provide compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, methods and dosage forms for treating and/or preventing HCV infection.
本文所揭示之發明為用於治療感染或暴露於HCV病毒之人類及其他宿主動物之化合物、方法、組合物及固體劑型,其包括投與有效量之如本文所描述之((
S)-(((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-胺基-6-(甲胺基)-9
H-嘌呤-9-基)-4-氟-3-羥基-4-甲基四氫呋喃-2-基)甲氧基)(苯氧基)磷醯基)-
L-丙胺酸異丙酯之半硫酸鹽(化合物
2),其視情況在醫藥學上可接受之載劑中。在一個實施例中,化合物
2為非晶形固體。在又一實施例中,化合物
2為結晶固體。
化合物、組合物及劑型亦可用於治療與HCV病毒暴露相關或由於HCV病毒暴露而發生的病況。舉例而言,活性化合物可用於治療HCV抗體陽性及HCV抗原陽性病況、基於病毒之慢性肝炎、由晚期C型肝炎造成之肝癌(例如,肝細胞癌)、肝硬化、急性C型肝炎、爆發性C型肝炎、慢性持續性C型肝炎及基於抗HCV之疲勞。
活性化合物及組合物亦可用於治療一系列HCV基因型。全球已鑑別出HCV之至少六種不同基因型,其中之每一者具有多種次型。基因型1-3在全世界為普遍的,而基因型4、5及6較受地理限制。基因型4在中東及非洲為常見的。基因型5大多發現於南非。基因型6主要存在於東南亞。儘管美國中之最常見基因型為基因型1,但限定該基因型及次型可輔助治療類型及持續時間。舉例而言,不同基因型對不同藥物有不同反應,且最佳治療時間視基因型感染而變化。在基因型內,次型(諸如基因型1a及基因型1b)亦對治療有不同反應。感染有基因型之一種類型並不排除稍後感染有不同基因型。
如實例22中所描述,化合物
2針對一系列之HCV基因型(包括基因型1-5)為活性的。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型1、HCV基因型2、HCV基因型3、HCV基因型4、HCV基因型5或HVC基因型6。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型1a。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型1b。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型2a。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型2b。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型3a。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型4a。在一個實施例中,化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型4d。
在一個實施例中,化合物
1或化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型5a。在一個實施例中,化合物
1或化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型6a。在一個實施例中,化合物
1或化合物
2用於治療HCV基因型6b、6c、6d、6e、6f、6g、6h、6i、6j、6k、6l、6m、6n、6o、6p、6q、6r、6s、6t或6u。
如實例25中所論述及圖24中所展示,450 mg (400 mg游離鹼)之劑量及600 mg (550 mg游離鹼)之劑量的化合物
2後代謝物
1 - 7之經預測穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)為大約40 ng/mL至50 ng/mL。此C
24 , ss水準超過HCV基因型1a、1b、2a、2b、3a、4a及4d處之化合物
1之EC
95。此資料確認,化合物
2具有強效泛基因型活性。此為出人意料的,因為化合物
2在當量索非布韋給藥後達成比索非布韋之核苷代謝物之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)更小的穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)。索非布韋之對應核苷代謝物之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)為大約100 ng/mL,但此水準僅超過針對GT2臨床分離株之索非布韋之EC
95(圖24)。化合物
2比針對GT1、GT2、GT3及GT4的索非布韋更強效,且因此允許遞送其代謝物之更小穩態最低濃度的劑型,其仍然對HCV之所有經測試基因型有效。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約15-75 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20-60 ng/mL、20-50 ng/mL或20-40 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。
在一個實施例中,亦可預防性使用化合物、調配物或包括該化合物之固體劑型以預防或延遲為HCV抗體或HCV抗原陽性或已暴露於C型肝炎之個體之臨床病痛的發展。
特定言之,已發現,相較於其游離鹼(化合物
1),化合物
2對HCV為活性的,且呈現優良藥物狀及藥理學特性。出人意料地,化合物
2為更加生物可用的且達成比化合物
1更高的AUC (實例19),且化合物
2比化合物
1對靶器官更具選擇性(實例19)。
就溶解度及化學穩定性而言,化合物
2亦優於化合物
1。此為出人意料的,因為((
S)-(((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-胺基-6-(甲胺基)-9
H-嘌呤-9-基)-4-氟-3-羥基-4-甲基四氫呋喃-2-基)甲氧基)(苯氧基)磷醯基)-
L-丙胺酸異丙酯(化合物
3)之單硫酸鹽不穩定,且呈現黏稠膠狀物形態,而化合物
2(半硫酸鹽)為穩定的白色固體。半硫酸鹽(呈固體及呈固體劑型二者)歷經9個月為極穩定的且不吸濕。
儘管有大量的抗病毒核苷文獻及專利申請,但尚未特異性地揭示化合物
2。
化合物
2在磷原子處具有S立體化學,其已經X射線結晶確認(圖3,實例2)。在替代實施例中,化合物
2可以任何所需比率之磷R及S對映異構體(包括達至純對映異構體)之形式使用。在一些實施例中,化合物
2以至少90%不含相反對映異構體且可至少98%、99%或甚至100%不含相反對映異構體之形式使用。除非另外描述,否則對映異構性增濃之化合物
2至少90%不含相反對映異構體。另外,在一替代實施例中,胺基磷酸酯之胺基酸可呈D-組態或L-組態或其混合物,包括外消旋混合物。
除非另外規定,否則本文所描述之化合物以β-D-組態提供。在一替代實施例中,化合物可以β-L-組態提供。同樣,呈現對掌性之任何取代基可以外消旋、對映異構、非對映異構體形式或其任何混合物形式提供。當胺基磷酸酯呈現對掌性時,其可提供為R或S對掌性磷衍生物或其混合物,包括外消旋混合物。所有此等立體組態之組合均為本文中所描述的本發明中之替代實施例。在另一實施例中,化合物
2(核苷酸或半硫酸鹽)之氫中之至少一者可經氘替換。
此等替代例組態包括(但不限於),
I. (( S )-((( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - 胺基 - 6 -( 甲胺基 )- 9
H - 嘌呤 - 9 - 基 )- 4 - 氟 - 3 - 羥基 - 4 - 甲基四氫呋喃 - 2 - 基 ) 甲氧基 )( 苯氧基 ) 磷醯基 )- L - 丙胺酸異丙酯之半硫酸鹽 ( 化合物 2 )本發明之活性化合物為化合物
2,其可以醫藥學上可接受之組合物或其固體劑型提供。在一個實施例中,化合物
2為非晶形固體。在又另一實施例中,化合物
2為結晶固體。
化合物 2 之合成本發明進一步包括一種用於製備化合物2之非限制性說明性方法,其包括
(i) 在燒瓶或容器中,將化合物
1溶解於有機溶劑中之第一步驟,該有機溶劑例如丙酮、乙酸乙酯、甲醇、乙腈或乙醚等;
(ii) 在第二燒瓶或容器中饋入第二有機溶劑,該第二有機溶劑可與步驟(i)中之有機溶劑相同或不同,視情況使第二溶劑冷卻至0-10℃,且向第二有機溶劑中逐滴添加H
2SO
4,產生H
2SO
4/有機溶劑混合物;且其中該溶劑例如可為甲醇;
(iii) 在環境溫度或稍微增加或減少之溫度(例如23-35℃)下,向步驟(i)之化合物
1之溶液中以0.5/1.0之莫耳比逐滴添加來自步驟(ii)之H
2SO
4/溶劑混合物;
(iv) 例如在環境溫度或稍微增加或減少之溫度下,攪拌步驟(iii)之反應物直至形成化合物
2之沈澱;
(v) 視情況過濾來自步驟(iv)之所得沈澱,且用有機溶劑洗滌;以及
(vi) 視情況在較高溫度下,例如55、56、57、58、59或60℃,視情況真空乾燥所得化合物
2。
在某些實施例中,以上步驟(i)在丙酮中進行。此外,步驟(ii)中之第二有機溶劑可為例如甲醇,且步驟(v)中之有機溶劑之混合物為甲醇/丙酮。
在一個實施例中,在步驟(i)中將化合物
1溶解於乙酸乙酯中。在一個實施例中,在步驟(i)中將化合物
1溶解於四氫呋喃中。在一個實施例中,在步驟(i)中將化合物
1溶解於乙腈中。在一個實施例中,在步驟(i)中將化合物
1溶解於二甲基甲醯胺中。
在一個實施例中,步驟(ii)中之第二有機溶劑為乙醇。在一個實施例中,步驟(ii)中之第二有機溶劑為異丙醇。在一個實施例中,步驟(ii)中之第二有機溶劑為正丁醇。
在一個實施例中,溶劑之混合物用於在步驟(v)中洗滌,例如乙醇/丙酮。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為異丙醇/丙酮。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為正丁醇/丙酮。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為乙醇/乙酸乙酯。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為異丙醇/乙酸乙酯。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為正丁醇/乙酸乙酯。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為乙醇/四氫呋喃。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為異丙醇/四氫呋喃。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為正丁醇/四氫呋喃。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為乙醇/乙腈。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為異丙醇/乙腈。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為正丁醇/乙腈。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為乙醇/二甲基甲醯胺。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為異丙醇/二甲基甲醯胺。在一個實施例中,用於在步驟(v)中洗滌之溶劑之混合物為正丁醇/二甲基甲醯胺。
II. (( S )-((( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - 胺基 - 6 -( 甲胺基 )- 9
H - 嘌呤 - 9 - 基 )- 4 - 氟 - 3 - 羥基 - 4 - 甲基四氫呋喃 - 2 - 基 ) 甲氧基 )( 苯氧基 ) 磷醯基 )- L - 丙胺酸異丙酯 ( 化合物 2 ) 之代謝化合物
1及化合物
2之代謝涉及5'-單磷酸鹽之產生及後續N
6-甲基-2,6-二胺基嘌呤鹼(
1 - 3)之同化,產生呈5'-單磷酸酯之二氫磷酸((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-胺基-6-側氧基-1,6-二氫-9H-嘌呤-9-基)-4-氟-3-羥基-4-甲基四氫呋喃-2-基)甲酯(
1 - 4)。接著,將單磷酸酯進一步同化成活性三磷酸酯物種,5'-三磷酸酯(
1 - 6)。5'-三磷酸酯可進一步代謝以產生2-胺基-9-((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-3-氟-4-羥基-5-(羥甲基)-3-甲基四氫呋喃-2-基)-1,9-二氫-6H-嘌呤-6-酮(
1 - 7)。可替代地,5'-單磷酸酯1-2可代謝,產生嘌呤鹼
1 - 8。((
S)-(((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-胺基-6-(甲胺基)-9
H-嘌呤-9-基)-4-氟-3-羥基-4-甲基四氫呋喃-2-基)甲氧基)(苯氧基)磷醯基)-
L-丙胺酸異丙酯之代謝路徑在流程1中說明(上文展示)。
III. 化合物 1 之額外鹽在替代實施例中,本發明提供呈草酸鹽(化合物
4)或呈HCl鹽(化合物
5)之化合物
1。
1:1草酸鹽及1:1 HCl鹽兩者均形成具有針對用於治療宿主(諸如具有C型肝炎之人類)之固體劑型之合理特性的固體。然而,可能需要較少草酸鹽,且若患者易患腎結石,則可能不適合。HCl鹽比半硫酸鹽更吸濕。因此,半硫酸鹽保持仍為具有出人意料的特性之化合物1之最需要的鹽形式。
IV. 定義如在本發明之上下文中所使用,術語「D-組態」係指模擬與非天然存在核苷或「L」組態相反之糖部分之天然組態的原則上組態。術語「β」或「β旋轉異構體」參考其中核苷鹼基經組態(安置)於核苷類似物中之呋喃醣部分之平面上的核苷類似物使用。
術語「共投與(coadminister/coadministration)」或組合療法用於描述與至少一種其他活性劑,例如(若適當)至少一種額外抗HCV藥劑,組合投與根據本發明之化合物
2。共投與之時序最好由治療患者之醫學專家來決定。有時較佳的是,同時投與各種藥劑。可替代地,所選擇用於組合療法之藥物可在不同時間向患者投與。當然,當存在多於一種病毒或其他感染或其他病況時,本發明化合物可視需要與其他藥劑組合,以治療該其他感染或病況。
如本文中所使用,術語「宿主」係指HCV病毒可在其中複製之單細胞或多細胞生物體,包括細胞株及動物,以及通常人類。術語宿主特異性地係指經感染細胞,轉染有HCV基因組之全部或部分之細胞及動物,特定言之靈長類(包括黑猩猩)及人類。在大部分之本發明之動物應用中,宿主為人類患者。然而,在某些指示中,本發明清楚地預料在獸醫學中之應用(諸如黑猩猩)。宿主可例如為牛、馬、鳥、犬、貓等。
同位素取代本發明包括化合物及具有所需原子之同位素取代之化合物
2之用途,該同位素取代的量處於高於該同位素之天然豐度,亦即增濃的。同位素為具有相同原子數、但具有不同質量數(亦即質子數目相同,但中子數目不同)的原子。藉助於一般實例但非限制性的,氫同位素,例如可在所描述結構中之任何地方使用氘(
2H)及氚(
3H)。可替代地或另外,可使用碳同位素,例如
13C及
14C。較佳同位素取代為氘取代分子上之一或多個位置處之氫,以改良藥物之效能。氘可結合在代謝期間之鍵斷裂(α-氘動力學同位素效應)或緊接於或靠近鍵斷裂位點(β-氘動力學同位素效應)之位置中。Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278及WO/2014/169280)描述核苷酸之氘化,以改良其藥物動力學或藥效動力學,包括在分子之5-位置處。
用諸如氘之同位素取代可獲得某些由更大代謝穩定性產生之治療優勢,諸如活體內半衰期增加或劑量需求降低。氘對於代謝分解位點處之氫之取代可降低該鍵處之代謝的速率或可消除該鍵處的代謝。在化合物之氫原子可存在之任何位置處,氫原子可為氫之任何同位素,包括氕(
1H)、氘(
2H)及氚(
3H)。由此,除非上下文另外明確規定,否則本文中提及之化合物涵蓋所有可能的同位素形式。
術語「同位素標記」類似物係指為「氘化類似物」、「
13C標記類似物」或「氘化/
13C標記類似物」的類似物。術語「氘化類似物」意謂本文所描述之化合物,其中H-同位素(亦即氫/氕(
1H))經H-同位素(亦即氘(
2H))取代。氘取代可為部分地或完全的。部分氘取代意謂至少一個氫經至少一個氘取代。在某些實施例中,對於所關注之任何位置處的同位素而言,該同位素增濃90%、95%或99%或更高。在一些實施例中,在所需位置處增濃90%、95%或99%的是氘。除非有相反指示,否則在所選擇位置處氘化至少80%。核苷之氘化可發生在提供所需結果之任何可置換氫處。
V. 治療或預防之方法如本文中所使用,治療係指向宿主(例如可變得感染有HCV病毒之人類)投與化合物
2。
術語「防治性」或預防性在使用時係指投與化合物
2以預防該病毒病症發生或降低該病毒病症發生之可能性。本發明包括治療性及防治性或預防性療法兩者。在一個實施例中,向已暴露於C型肝炎病毒感染且因此處於感染C型肝炎病毒感染風險下之宿主投與化合物
2。
本發明係關於一種治療或預防以下各者之方法:C型肝炎病毒,其包括HCV之耐藥性及多重耐藥性形式及相關疾病況態、病況;或HCV感染之併發症,包括肝硬化及相關肝中毒;以及繼發於HCV感染之其他病況,諸如虛弱、食慾不振、體重減輕、乳房擴大(尤其男性)、皮疹(尤其在手掌上)、血液凝固困難、皮膚上之蜘蛛狀血管、意識模糊、昏迷(腦病)、腹腔內之液體(腹水)積聚、食道靜脈曲張、門靜脈高血壓、腎衰竭、脾擴大、血球降低、貧血、血小板減少症、黃疸及肝細胞癌,以及其他疾病。方法包含向有需要之宿主(通常人類)投與有效量之如本文所描述之化合物
2,其視情況與至少一種額外生物活性劑(例如額外抗HCV藥劑)組合,另外與醫藥學上可接受之載劑、添加劑及/或賦形劑組合。
在又另一態樣中,本發明為一種用於預防或防治以下各者之方法:HCV感染或疾病病況或相關或後繼疾病病況,HCV感染之病況或併發症,其包括肝硬化及相關肝中毒、虛弱、食慾不振、體重減輕、乳房擴大(尤其男性)、皮疹(尤其在手掌上)、血液凝固困難、皮膚上之蜘蛛狀血管、意識模糊、昏迷(腦病)、腹腔內之液體(腹水)之積聚、食道靜脈曲張、門靜脈高血壓、腎衰竭、脾擴大、血球降低、貧血、血小板減少症、黃疸及肝細胞(肝)癌,以及其他疾病,該方法包含向處於風險之患者投與有效量與醫藥學上可接受之載劑、添加劑或賦形劑組合(視情況與另一抗HCV藥劑組合)之如上文所描述的化合物
2。在另一實施例中,可在移植肝炎相關肝之後向患者投與本發明活性化合物,以保護新器官。
在一替代實施例中,化合物
2提供為化合物
1之除化合物說明中所描述之特定胺基磷酸酯以外之胺基磷酸酯的半硫酸鹽。廣泛範圍的胺基磷酸酯為熟習此項技術者已知,其包括可用於提供如本文所描述之呈半硫酸鹽形式之活性化合物的各種酯及磷酸酯、任何組合。
VI. 醫藥組合物及劑型在本發明之一態樣中,根據本發明之醫藥組合物包含抗HCV病毒有效量之如本文所描述之化合物
2,其視情況與醫藥學上可接受之載劑、添加劑或賦形劑組合,另外視情況與至少一種其他活性化合物組合或交替。在一個實施例中,本發明包括在醫藥學上可接受之載劑中之化合物
2之固體劑型。
在本發明之一態樣中,根據本發明之醫藥組合物包含抗HCV有效量之本文中所描述之化合物
2,其視情況與醫藥學上可接受之載劑、添加劑或賦形劑組合,另外視情況與至少一種其他抗病毒劑(諸如抗HCV藥劑)組合。
本發明包括醫藥組合物,其包括在醫藥學上可接受之載劑或賦形劑中之治療C型肝炎病毒感染的有效量之本發明之化合物
2或前藥。在一替代實施例中,本發明包括醫藥組合物,來包括在醫藥學上可接受之載劑或賦形劑中之預防C型肝炎病毒感染的有效量之本發明之化合物
2或前藥。
一般熟習此項技術者應認識到,治療有效量將隨待治療之感染或病況、其嚴重程度、待採用之治療方案、所使用藥劑之藥物動力學以及待治療之患者或個體(動物或人類)而變化,且此類治療量可由主治醫師或專家決定。
根據本發明之化合物
2可在混合物中與醫藥學上可接受之載劑一起調配。一般而言,較佳以可經口投與之形式(且特定而言,諸如丸劑或錠劑之固體劑型)投與醫藥組合物。某些調配物可經由非經腸、靜脈內、肌肉內、局部、經皮、頰內、皮下、栓劑或其他途徑(包括鼻內噴霧)投與。靜脈內及肌肉內調配物通常以無菌鹽水形式投與。一般熟習此項技術者可修改調配物以使其呈現更可溶於水或另一種媒劑,例如,此可容易地藉由完全在此項技術中之一般技術中之微量修飾(鹽調配物、酯化等)來實現。修改化合物
2之投與途徑及給藥方案以便為了患者中之最大有益效果控制本發明化合物之藥物動力學亦完全在例行操作者的技術內,如在本文中更詳細地描述。
在某些醫藥劑型中,化合物之前藥形式,尤其包括醯基化的(乙醯化或其他),及本發明化合物之乙醚(烷基及相關)衍生物、磷酸酯、硫代胺基磷酸酯、胺基磷酸酯及各種鹽形式可用於達成所需效果。一般熟習此項技術者應認識到,如何容易地將本發明化合物修改成前藥形式,以便於將活性化合物遞送至宿主生物體或患者內之靶位點。一般熟習此項技術者亦應(適用時)在將本發明化合物遞送至宿主生物體或患者內之靶位點中利用前藥形式之有利的藥物代謝動力學參數,以使化合物之預期效果達到最大。
包括在根據本發明之治療上活性調配物內之化合物
2的量為達成根據本發明之所需結果的有效量,例如以用於治療HCV感染、減少HCV感染可能性或抑制、減少及/或消除HCV或其繼發性效應,其包括繼發於HCV發生之疾病況態、病況及/或併發症。一般而言,呈藥學劑型形式之本發明化合物之治療有效量可介於每天約0.001 mg/kg至約100 mg/kg或更高,更通常介於每天稍微小於約0.1 mg/kg至多於約25 mg/kg之患者或顯著更高的範圍內,其視所使用之化合物、治療之病況或感染及投與途徑而定。化合物
2通常以介於每天約0.1 mg/kg至約15 mg/kg之患者範圍內的量投與,其視藥劑在患者體內之藥物動力學而定。此劑量範圍一般產生活性化合物之有效血液水準濃度,該等有效血液水準濃度在患者體內可介於約0.001至約100、約0.05至約100微克/立方公分之血液的範圍內。
通常為了治療、預防或延緩此等感染之發作及/或為了降低HCV病毒感染或HCV之繼發性疾病病況、病況或併發症之可能性,化合物
2應一天至少一次以介於約250微克高達約800毫克或更高範圍內的量的固體劑型投與,例如根據醫療保健提供商之指示一天一次、兩次、三次或高達四次以至少約5、10、20、25、50、75、100、150、200、250、300、350、400、450、500、550、600、650、700、750或800毫克或更高的量投與。化合物
2通常經口投與,但可非經腸、局部或以栓劑形式以及鼻內(呈鼻噴霧劑或本文中所描述之另外形式)投與。更一般而言,化合物
2可以以下形式投與:錠劑、膠囊、注射液、靜脈內調配物、懸浮液、液體、乳液、植入物、顆粒、球體、乳膏、軟膏、栓劑、可吸入形式、經皮形式、頰內、舌下、局部、凝膠、經黏膜及其類似形式。
除非另外相反地規定,否則當在本文中之劑型係指毫克重量劑量時,其係指化合物
2之量(亦即半硫酸鹽之重量)。
在某些實施例中,醫藥組合物呈單位劑型中含有以下量之化合物
2的劑型:約1 mg至約2000 mg,約10 mg至約1000 mg,約100 mg至約800 mg,約200 mg至約600 mg,約300 mg至約500 mg,或約400 mg至約450 mg。在某些實施例中,醫藥組合物呈劑型,例如呈在單位劑型中含有以下量之化合物
2的固體劑型:約10 mg、約50 mg、約100 mg、約125 mg、約150 mg、約175 mg、約200 mg、約225 mg、約250 mg、約275 mg、約300 mg、約325 mg、約350 mg、約375 mg、約400 mg、約425 mg、約450 mg、約475 mg、約500 mg、約525 mg、約550 mg、約575 mg、約600 mg、約625 mg、約650 mg、約675 mg、約700 mg、約725 mg、約750 mg、約775 mg、約800 mg、約825 mg、約850 mg、約875 mg、約900 mg、約925 mg、約950 mg、約975 mg或約1000 mg或更多。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以遞送至少約300 mg之劑型投與。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以遞送至少約400 mg之劑型投與。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以遞送至少約500 mg之劑型投與。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以遞送至少約600 mg之劑型投與。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以遞送至少約700 mg之劑型投與。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以遞送至少約800 mg之劑型投與。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與長達12週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與長達10週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與長達8週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與長達6週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與長達4週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與至少4週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與至少6週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與至少8週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與至少10週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少一天一次投與至少12週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少每隔一天投與長達12週,長達10週、長達8週、長達6週或長達4週。在某些實施例中,化合物
2以至少每隔一天投與至少4週,至少6週、至少8週、至少10週或至少12週。在一個實施例中,以至少一天一次投與至少約600 mg化合物
2長達6週。在一個實施例中,以至少一天一次投與至少約500 mg化合物
2長達6週。在一個實施例中,以至少一天一次投與至少約400 mg化合物
2長達6週。在一個實施例中,以至少一天一次投與至少300 mg化合物
2長達6週。在一個實施例中,以至少一天一次投與至少200 mg化合物
2長達6週。在一個實施例中,以至少一天一次投與至少100 mg化合物
2長達6週。
代謝物
1 - 6為活性化合物
2之三磷酸酯,但代謝物
1 - 6在血漿中為不可量測的。代謝物
1 - 6之替代為代謝物
1 - 7。代謝物
1 - 7為在血漿中可量測的核苷代謝物且因此為代謝物
1 - 6之胞內濃度之指示。對於最大HCV抗病毒活性,化合物
2之劑型必須達成超過化合物
2之EC
95值的代謝物
1 - 7穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)。如圖24中所展示,針對GT1、GT2、GT3及GT4之臨床分離株的化合物
1之EC
95小於25 ng/mL (化合物
1EC
95及化合物
2EC
95值相同)。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約15至75 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20至60 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約30至60 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20至50 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約30至50 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20至45 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20至30 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20至35 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。在一個實施例中,遞送達成在大約20至25 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低濃度(C
24 , ss)的化合物
2之劑型。合適劑型為穩態最低濃度之±10%。
在一個實施例中,化合物
2以達成在大約1,200與3,000 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7AUC (曲線下面積)的量給藥。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以達成在大約1,500與3,000 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7AUC的量給藥。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以達成在大約1,800與3,000 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7AUC的量給藥。在一個實施例中,化合物
2以在大約2,100與3,000 ng/mL之間的代謝物
1 - 7AUC的量給藥。在一較佳實施例中,化合物
2以達成大約2,200 ng*h/mL之代謝物
1 - 7AUC的量給藥。合適劑型為AUC之±10%。
在與如本文中所另外描述之另一抗HCV化合物組合共投與化合物
2之情況下,待投與之根據本發明之化合物
2的量在介於約0.01 mg/kg的患者至約800 mg/kg或更高的患者或顯著更高的範圍內,其視待共投與的第二藥劑及其針對病毒的效力、患者的病況及待治療的疾病或感染的嚴重程度以及投與途徑而定。其他抗HCV藥劑可例如以介於約0.01 mg/kg至約800 mg/kg範圍內的量投與。第二活性劑之劑量之實例為介於以一天至少一次高達一天四次,約250微克高達約750 mg或更高範圍內的量,例如至少約5、10、20、25、50、75、100、150、200、250、300、350、400、450、500、600、700或800毫克或更高。在某些較佳實施例中,化合物
2可通常以介於約0.5 mg/kg至約50 mg/kg或更高(通常高達約100 mg/kg)範圍內的量投與,其一般視兩種藥劑在患者體內的藥物動力學而定。此等劑量範圍通常在患者體內產生有效血液水準濃度之活性化合物。
出於本發明之目的,根據本發明之組合物之防治性或預防性有效量屬於如上文針對治療有效量所闡述之相同濃度範圍,且通常與治療有效量相同。
化合物
2之投與可介於每天連續(靜脈內滴注)投與至若干次經口或鼻內投與(例如Q.I.D.)或經皮投與之範圍內,且可包括經口、局部、非經腸、肌肉內、靜脈內、皮下、經皮(其可包括滲透增強劑)、頰內及栓劑投與,以及其他投藥途徑。包覆腸溶包衣的口服錠劑亦可用以增強化合物之生物可用性以用於經口投與途徑。最有效劑型將視所選擇之特定藥劑之生物可用性/藥物動力學以及患者之疾病的嚴重程度而定。口服劑型為尤其較佳的,因為其易於投與及預計有利的患者順應性。
為了製備根據本發明之醫藥組合物,通常根據產生劑量之習知醫藥混配技術將治療有效量之根據本發明之化合物
2與醫藥學上可接受之載劑緊密混合。載劑可視投與所需製劑(例如經口或非經腸)而定採取廣泛多種形式。製備醫藥組合物的口服劑型時,可使用任一種常見醫藥介質。因此,對於液體口服製劑(諸如懸浮液、酏劑及溶液)而言,可使用適合載劑及添加劑,包括水、二醇、油、醇、調味劑、防腐劑、著色劑及其類似物。對於固體口服製劑(諸如散劑、錠劑、膠囊)而言,且對於固體製劑(諸如栓劑)而言,可使用適合載劑及添加劑,包括澱粉、糖載劑(諸如右旋糖、甘露醇、乳糖及相關載劑)、稀釋劑、成粒劑、潤滑劑、黏合劑、崩解劑及其類似物。必要時,錠劑或膠囊可包覆腸溶包衣或藉由標準技術持續釋放。此等劑型之使用可顯著地增強化合物在患者體內之生物可用性。
對於非經腸調配物而言,載劑將通常包含無菌水或氯化鈉水溶液,但亦可包括其他成分,包括有助於分散的彼等物。當然,在使用無菌水及維持無菌的情況下,組合物及載劑亦必須經滅菌。亦可製備可注射懸浮液,在此情況下,可採用適當液體載劑、懸浮劑及其類似物。
脂質體懸浮液(包括靶向病毒抗原之脂質體)亦可藉由習知方法製備以產生醫藥學上可接受之載劑。此可適合於遞送游離核苷、醯基/烷基核苷或根據本發明之核苷化合物之磷酸酯前藥形式。
在根據本發明之典型實施例中,所描述之化合物
2及組合物用於治療、預防或延緩HCV感染或HCV之繼發性疾病病況、病狀或併發症。
VII. 組合及交替療法應充分認識到,病毒之耐藥性變體可在長期用抗病毒劑治療之後出現。抗藥性有時藉由編碼病毒複製中所使用之酶之基因之突變而產生。可藉由與另一種且可能甚至兩種或三種其他抗病毒化合物組合或交替投與化合物來延長、強化或恢復藥物針對HCV感染之效果,該等抗病毒化合物誘導不同突變或經由不同路徑起作用,該突變或路徑不同於於主藥物的。可替代地,可利用此類組合療法(若認為協同,其可包括交替療法)來改變藥物之藥物動力學、生物分佈、半衰期或其他參數。由於所揭示之化合物
2為NS5B聚合酶抑制劑,所以其可適用於與例如以下各者組合向宿主投與該化合物:
(1) 蛋白酶抑制劑,諸如NS3/4A蛋白酶抑制劑;
(2) NS5A抑制劑;
(3) 另一種NS5B聚合酶抑制劑;
(4) NS5B非受質抑制劑;
(5) 干擾素α-2a,其可聚乙二醇化或以其他方式修飾,及/或利巴韋林;
(6) 非受質基抑制劑;
(7) 解螺旋酶抑制劑;
(8) 反義寡脫氧核苷酸(S-ODN);
(9) 適體;
(10) 核酸酶抗性核糖核酸酶;
(11) iRNA,包括微小RNA及SiRNA;
(12) 抗體,病毒之部分抗體或域抗體,或
(13) 誘導宿主抗體反應之病毒抗原或部分抗原。
可與本發明之化合物
2組合投與之抗HCV藥劑之非限制性實例(其單獨投與或與來自此清單之多種藥物投與)為:
(i) 蛋白酶抑制劑,諸如特拉匹韋(Incivek
®)、波普瑞韋(Victrelis
TM)、西咪匹韋(Olysio
TM)、帕咜匹韋(ABT-450)、格卡匹韋(glecaprevir) (ABT-493)、利托那韋(Norvir)、ACH-2684、AZD-7295、BMS-791325、丹諾普韋(danoprevir)、非利布韋(Filibuvir)、GS-9256、GS-9451、MK-5172、司屈布韋(Setrobuvir)、沙普瑞韋(Sovaprevir)、特哥布韋(Tegobuvir)、VX-135、VX-222及ALS-220;
(ii) NS5A抑制劑,諸如ACH-2928、ACH-3102、IDX-719、達拉他韋(daclatasvir)、雷迪帕韋、維帕他韋(velpatasvir) (Epclusa)、艾爾巴韋(MK-8742)、格佐匹韋(MK-5172)及奧匹替韋(ABT-267);
(iii) NS5B抑制劑,諸如AZD-7295、克立咪唑(Clemizole)、達薩布韋(Exviera)、ITX-5061、PPI-461、PPI-688、索非布韋(Sovaldi
®)、MK-3682及梅利他濱(mericitabine);
(iv) NS5B抑制劑,諸如ABT-333及MBX-700;
(v) 抗體,諸如GS-6624;
(vi) 組合藥物,諸如哈沃尼(Harvoni) (利帕斯韋(ledipasvir)/索非布韋)、維克拉帕克(Viekira Pak) (奧比他韋/帕咜匹韋/利托那韋/達薩布韋)、維克拉(奧比他韋/帕咜匹韋/利托那韋)、G/P (帕咜匹韋及格卡匹韋)、特尼威(Technivie) (奧比他韋/帕咜匹韋/利托那韋)及艾普露莎(Epclusa) (索非布韋/維帕他韋)以及澤帕替(Zepatier) (艾爾巴韋及格佐匹韋)。
在一個實施例中,若投與化合物
2以治療引起肝癌或肝硬化之晚期C型肝炎病毒,則可與通常用於治療肝細胞癌(HCC)之另一種藥物組合或交替投與該化合物,例如如Andrew Zhu 在「New Agents on the Horizon in Hepatocellular Carcinoma」Therapeutic Advances in Medical Oncology, V 5(1), 2013年1月, 41-50中所描述。在宿主患有HCC或處於HCC風險下之情況下,用於組合療法之適合化合物之實例包括抗血管生成劑、舒尼替尼(sunitinib)、布立尼布(brivanib)、立尼法尼(linifanib)、雷莫蘆單抗(ramucirumab)、貝伐單抗(bevacizumab)、西地尼布(cediranib)、帕佐泮尼(pazopanib)、TSU-68、樂伐替尼(lenvatinib)、抗EGFR抗體、mTor抑制劑、MEK抑制劑及組蛋白脫乙醯酶抑制劑。
實例 通用方法在400 MHz Fourier變換Brücker光譜儀上記錄
1H、
19F及
31P NMR光譜。除非另外陳述,否則獲得DMSO-d
6光譜。旋轉多峰性由符號s (單峰)、d (二重峰)、t (三重峰)、m (多重峰)及br (寬峰)指示。以Hz報告偶合常數(
J)。反應一般在乾燥氮氣氛圍下使用Sigma-Aldrich無水溶劑進行。所有常用化學製品均購自商業來源。
在實例中使用以下縮寫:
AUC:曲線下面積
C
24:24小時時藥物在血漿中之濃度
C
24 , ss:在穩態下給藥之後24小時時之濃度
C
max:血漿中達成之藥物之最大濃度
DCM:二氯甲烷
EtOAc:乙酸乙酯
EtOH:乙醇
HPLC:高壓液相層析
NaOH:氫氧化鈉
Na
2SO
4:硫酸鈉(無水)
MeCN:乙腈
MeNH
2:甲胺
MeOH:甲醇
Na
2SO
4:硫酸鈉
NaHCO
3:碳酸氫鈉
NH
4Cl:氯化銨
NH
4OH:氫氧化銨
PE:石油醚
Ph
3P:三苯膦
RH:相對濕度
矽膠(230至400目,吸附劑)
t-BuMgCl:第三丁基氯化鎂
T
max:達成C
max的時間
THF:四氫呋喃(THF),無水
TP:三磷酸酯
實例 1 . 化合物 1 之合成 步驟 1 : ( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - 胺基 - 6 -( 甲胺基 )- 9
H - 嘌呤 - 9 - 基 )- 4 - 氟 - 2 -( 羥甲基 )- 4 - 甲基四氫呋喃 - 3 - 醇 ( 2 - 2 ) 之合成向50 L燒瓶中饋入甲醇(30 L),且在10 ± 5℃下攪拌。在10 ± 5℃下將NH
2CH
3(3.95 Kg)緩慢通氣至反應器中。在20 ± 5℃下分批添加化合物
2-
1(3.77 kg),且攪拌1小時,獲得澄清溶液。另外攪拌反應物6至8小時,此時HPLC指示,中間物小於溶液之0.1%。向反應器饋入固體NaOH (254 g),攪拌30分鐘,且在50 ± 5℃ (真空程度:-0.095)下濃縮。向所得殘餘物饋入EtOH (40 L),且在60℃下再成漿液1小時。接著,經由矽藻土過濾混合物,且在60℃下用EtOH (15 L)使濾餅再成漿液1小時。再次過濾濾液,與來自先前過濾之濾液合併,且接著在50 ± 5℃ (真空程度:
-0.095)下濃縮。沈澱大量固體。向固體殘餘物中添加EtOAc (6 L),且在50 ± 5℃ (真空程度:-0.095)下濃縮混合物。接著,向殘餘物中添加DCM,且在回流下使混合物再成漿液1小時,冷卻至室溫,過濾,且在50 ± 5℃下在真空烘箱中乾燥,得到呈灰白色固體之化合物
2-
2(1.89 Kg,95.3%,純度99.2%)。
化合物 2 - 2 之 分析方法 :使用安捷倫1100 HPLC系統用Agilent Poroshell 120 EC-C18 4.6 × 150 mm 4微米管柱在以下條件下獲得化合物
2-
2(15 mg)之純度:1 mL/min流動速率,在254 nm下讀取,30℃管柱溫度,15 μL注射體積,及31分鐘運行時間。將樣本溶解於乙腈-水(20:80) (v/v)中。梯度方法展示於下。
時間 (min ) A% (0.05 TFA / 水 ) B% ( 乙腈 )
0
95
5
8
80
20
13
50
50
23
5
95
26
5
95
26.1
95
5
31
95
5
步驟 2 : (( S )-((( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - 胺基 - 6 -( 甲胺基 )- 9
H - 嘌呤 - 9 - 基 )- 4 - 氟 - 3 - 羥基 - 4 - 甲基四氫呋喃 - 2 - 基 ) 甲氧基 )( 苯氧基 ) 磷醯基 )- L - 丙胺酸異丙酯 ( 化合物 1 ) 之合成將化合物
2-
2及化合物
2-
3(((全氟苯氧基)(苯氧基)磷醯基)-
L -丙胺酸異丙酯)溶解於THF (1 L)中,且在氮氣下攪拌。接著,使懸浮液冷卻至低於-5℃之溫度,且在將溫度維持在5-10℃下的同時,在1.5小時內緩慢添加1.7 M
t -BuMgCl溶液(384 mL)。在室溫下向懸浮液中添加NH
4Cl (2 L)及水(8 L)之溶液,隨後添加DCM。在添加5% K
2CO
3水溶液(10 L)之前攪拌混合物5分鐘,且在經由矽藻土(500 g)過濾之前另外攪拌混合物5分鐘。用DCM洗滌矽藻土,且分離濾液。有機相用5% K
2CO
3水溶液(10 L × 2)、鹽水(10 L × 3)洗滌,且經Na
2SO
4(500 g)乾燥大約1小時。同時,此整個製程平行重複7次,且合併該等8批次。過濾有機相,且在45 ± 5℃ (真空程度0.09 Mpa)下濃縮。添加EtOAc,且在60℃下攪拌混合物1小時,且接著在室溫下攪拌18小時。接著,過濾混合物,且用EtOAc (2 L)洗滌,得到粗化合物
1。將粗材料溶解於DCM (12 L)中,在10-20℃下添加庚烷(18 L),且在此溫度下攪拌混合物30分鐘。過濾混合物,用庚烷(5 L)洗滌,且在50 ± 5℃下乾燥,得到純化合物
1(1650 g,60%)。
化合物 1 之分析方法 :使用Agilent 1100 HPLC系統用Waters XTerra Phenyl 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm管柱在以下條件下獲得化合物
1(25 mg)之純度:1 mL/min流動速率,在254 nm下讀取,30℃管柱溫度,15 μL注射體積,及25分鐘運行時間。將樣本溶解於乙腈-水(50:50) (v/v)中。梯度方法展示於下。
時間 (min) A% (0.1% H
3PO
4 於水中 ) B% ( 乙腈 )
0
90
10
20
20
80
20.1
90
10
25
90
10
實例 2 . 非晶形及結晶化合物 1 之特徵最初藉由XRPD、
1HNMR及HPLC分析非晶形化合物
1及結晶化合物
1。兩種化合物之XRPD圖案展示於圖1A中,且測定純度之HPLC跡線分別展示於圖1B及圖2A中。表1為來自結晶化合物
1之XRPD之清單,且表2為來自HPLC跡線之相對滯留時間(RTT)之清單。非晶形化合物
1為98.61%純,且結晶化合物1為99.11%純。兩種化合物均為白色固體。圖2B為結晶化合物
1之TGA及DSC圖。對於結晶化合物
1而言,在88.6℃下觀測到吸熱,且在80-110℃存在7.8%質量損失。
化合物
1之樣本由EtOAc/己烷再結晶且用ORTEP抽取。由再結晶單晶體確認化合物
1之絕對結構。圖3為化合物
1之ORTEP圖式。結晶資料及量測資料展示於表3中。基於X射線結晶的化合物
1之絕對立體化學如下展示:
。
在配備有50位置自動取樣器之TA Instruments Q2000上採集DSC資料。熱容量之校準使用藍寶石來進行,且能量及溫度之校準使用經檢定之銦來進行。通常以10℃/min在銷孔鋁盤中將大約3 mg之各樣本自25℃加熱至200℃。以50 mL/min在樣本上維持乾燥氮氣吹掃。儀器控制軟體為Q系列v2.8.0.394之Advantage及Thermal Advantage v5.5.3,且使用Universal Analysis v4.5A來分析資料。
在配備有16位置自動取樣器之TA Instruments Q500 TGA上採集TGA資料。使用經檢定之亞鋁美(Alumel)及鎳來校準儀器之溫度。通常將5至10 mg之各樣本負載至前配衡鋁DSC盤上,且以10℃/min自環境溫度加熱至350℃。以60 mL/min在樣本上維持氮氣吹掃。儀器控制軟體為Q系列v2.5.0.256之Advantage及Thermal Advantage v5.5.3,且使用Universal Analysis v4.5來分析資料。
非晶形化合物 1 ( 1 - 1 ) : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 1.01 - 1.15 (m, 9 H), 1.21 (d,
J=7.20 Hz, 3 H), 2.75 3.08 (m, 3 H), 3.71 - 3.87 (m, 1 H), 4.02 - 4.13 (m, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.53 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (s, 1 H), 5.69 - 5.86 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H)
結晶化合物 1 ( 1 - 2 ) : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.97 - 1.16 (m, 16 H), 1.21 (d,
J=7.07 Hz, 3 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.08 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.07 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (br d,
J=7.58 Hz, 1 H), 4.17 - 4.55 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.78 (br s, 1 H), 5.91 - 6.15 (m, 4 H), 7.10 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.26 - 7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H)
表 1 . 結晶化合物 1 之峰清單 角 /°2θ d 間距/Å 強度 / 計數 強度 /%
6.03
14.64
1005
39.0
7.36
12.00
315
12.2
7.94
11.13
1724
66.9
9.34
9.47
2500
97.0
9.51
9.29
860
33.4
9.77
9.05
1591
61.8
11.08
7.98
2576
100.0
12.02
7.36
171
6.6
12.95
6.83
319
12.4
13.98
6.33
241
9.4
14.30
6.19
550
21.4
14.69
6.03
328
12.7
15.20
5.82
2176
84.5
15.94
5.56
1446
56.1
16.75
5.29
1009
39.2
17.29
5.13
700
27.2
17.72
5.00
1213
47.1
18.11
4.89
1565
60.8
18.46
4.80
302
11.7
18.89
4.69
385
14.9
19.63
4.52
636
24.7
20.37
4.36
1214
47.1
20.74
4.28
1198
46.5
21.24
4.18
640
24.8
22.31
3.98
961
37.3
22.88
3.88
806
31.3
23.43
3.79
355
13.8
24.08
3.69
573
22.2
24.49
3.63
159
6.2
25.00
3.56
351
13.6
25.36
3.51
293
11.4
26.09
3.41
235
9.1
26.26
3.39
301
11.7
26.83
3.32
696
27.0
27.35
3.26
436
16.9
27.46
3.25
363
14.1
28.07
3.18
200
7.8
28.30
3.15
195
7.6
28.82
3.10
599
23.3
29.85
2.99
217
8.4
30.26
2.95
186
7.2
30.75
2.91
333
12.9
31.12
2.87
149
5.8
31.85
2.81
238
9.2
33.28
2.69
261
10.1
34.77
2.58
171
6.6
35.18
2.55
175
6.8
36.83
2.44
327
12.7
37.41
2.40
172
6.7
表 2.來自非晶形化合物
1及結晶化合物
1之HPLC層析的相對滯留時間
非晶形化合物 1 結晶化合物 1
RRT 面積% RRT 面積%
0.48
0.15
0.48
0.17
0.51
0.04
0.48
0.17
0.48
0.15
0.94
0.12
0.51
0.04
1.00 99.11
0.94
0.13
1.04
0.22
0.98
0.21
1.37
0.07
1.00 98.61
1.04
0.29
1.37
0.31
表 3 . 化合物 1 之結晶及資料量測 鍵結精確度
C-C = 0.0297A,波長 = 1.54184
細胞
a=10.1884(3) b=28.6482(9) c=12.9497(5)
α=90 β=113.184(4) γ=90
溫度
150K
計算值 報告值
體積
3474.5(2)
3474.5(2)
空間群
P21
P 1 21 1
霍耳群
P 2yb
P 2yb
部分式
C24 H34 F N7 O7 P
2(C24 H34 F N7 O7 P)
總和式
C24 H34 F N7 O7 P
C48 H68 F2 N14 O14 P2
Mr
582.55
1165.10
Dx,g cm
-1 1.114
1.114
Z
4
2
Mu (mm
-1)
1.139
1.139
F000
1228.0
1228.0
F000'
1233.21
h, k, l
max 12,34,15
12,34,15
N
ref 12742 [ 6510]
8259
T
min,T
max 0.790,0.815
0.808,1.000
T
min ' 0.716
校正方法
#所報告T限值: T
min= 0.808 T
max= 1.00
AbsCorr
MULTI-SCAN
資料完整性
1.27/0.65
θ (max)
68.244
R (反射)
0.2091 ( 7995)
wR2 (反射)
0.5338 ( 8259)
S
2.875
Npar
716
在此初始特徵化之後,在25℃/60%相對濕度(RH)下儲存14天,在7天及14天後進行HPLC及XRPD分析。圖4A為在25℃/60% (RH)下14天後之XRPD。非晶形化合物
1(樣本1-1)保持不佳地結晶,儘管結晶化合物
1(樣本1-2)保持其結晶度,但兩種化合物在25℃/60% (RH)下14天之後均為穩定的。
實例 3 . 草酸鹽化合物 4 之形成最初,藉由將草酸鹽與溶劑(5 vol,100 μL)混合而形成化合物
1之草酸鹽化合物
4且允許任何溶液在室溫下汽化。使任何懸浮液成化(室溫至50℃) 3小時,且獲取結晶度。
表4展示在產生化合物
4中所使用之不同溶劑。除兩種(環己烷及正庚烷)以外,所有溶劑均得到結晶產物。儘管化合物
4之較高結晶度及溶解度,但草酸鹽對於臨床研發為不可用的,此係由於探究可能形成腎結石及化合物
1之其他鹽。
表 4 . 草酸鹽化合物 4 之形成 溶劑 在室溫下添加酸後之觀測 在陳化 / 蒸發後之觀測
EtOH
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
IPA
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
丙酮
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
MEK
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
EtOAc
懸浮液
OXA - 形式 1
iPrOAc
懸浮液
OXA - 形式 1
THF
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
甲苯
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
MeCN
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
IPA:10%水
溶液
OXA - 形式 1
TBME
懸浮液
OXA - 形式 1
環己烷
懸浮液
非晶形
正庚烷
懸浮液
非晶形
實例 4 . 非晶形化合物 1 之鹽化合物由於草酸鹽化合物
4(實例3)可能歸因於其可能形成腎結石而不能在臨床試驗中使用,所以由表5中列舉之反離子形成化合物
1之非晶形鹽。將化合物
1溶解於第三丁醇(20 vol,6 ml)中,且溶液用酸反離子(對於除樣本1-9 (具有0.5當量之硫酸鹽)外之各樣本而言,1當量)處理。接著,冷凍樣本,在此情況下,藉由凍乾移除溶劑。最初藉由XRPD及HPLC分析樣本1-4、1-5、1-6、1-7、1-8及1-9中之殘餘固體。
表 5 . 非晶形鹽形成詳情 樣本ID
樣本詳情 儲備溶液詳情 觀測 NMR
1-4
HCl (1:1)
THF 1M
白色固體
少3個質子
~0.3 eq
t-BuOH
1-5
硫酸 (1:1)
THF 1M
白色固體
少3個質子
~0.3 eq
t-BuOH
1-6
反丁烯二酸 (1:1)
MeOH:THF (1:1) 0.5M
玻璃狀固體
1.05 eq反丁烯二酸
0.84 eq
t-BuOH
1-7
苯甲酸 (1:1)
THF 1M
白色固體
1.0 eq苯甲酸
0.34 eq
t-BuOH
1-8
丁二酸 (1:1)
MeOH 1M
黏稠白色固體
~ 1.1 eq丁二酸
0.37 eq
t-BuOH
1-9
硫酸(0.5:1之酸:API)
THF 1M
白色固體
少3個質子
~0.3 eq
t-BuOH
所有樣本均進行
1HNMR光譜分析。
樣本 1 - 4 , HCl ( 1 : 1 ) 鹽 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.93 - 1.39 (m, 16 H), 2.97 (br s, 2 H), 3.70 - 3.88 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (br s, 1 H), 4.18 - 4.49 (m, 3 H), 4.70 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.94 (m, 1 H), 6.07 (br d,
J=19.07 Hz, 2 H), 7.14 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.29 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.83 - 8.19 (m, 1 H)
樣本 1 - 5 , 硫酸 ( 1 : 1 ) 鹽 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.97 - 1.38 (m, 15 H), 2.96 (br s, 2 H), 4.06 - 4.18 (m, 1 H), 4.19 - 4.49 (m, 3 H), 4.66 - 4.91 (m, 1 H), 5.70 - 5.95 (m, 1 H), 5.96 - 6.16 (m, 2 H), 7.10 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.30 - 7.43 (m, 2 H), 7.88 - 8.19 (m, 1 H)
樣本 1 - 6 , 反丁烯二酸 ( 1 : 1 ) 鹽 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.95 - 1.31 (m, 21 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.20 Hz, 1 H), 4.01 - 4.13 (m, 1 H), 4.16 - 4.23 (m, 1 H), 4.16 - 4.24 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (s, 1 H), 4.18 - 4.23 (m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.49 (m, 1 H), 4.72 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.68 - 5.86 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 6.63 (s, 1 H), 6.61 - 6.66 (m, 1 H), 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.45 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 13.16 (br s, 2 H)
樣本 1 - 7 , 苯甲酸 ( 1 : 1 ) 鹽 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.96 - 1.30 (m, 15 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.07 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (br s, 1 H), 4.20 (s, 1 H), 4.25 - 4.52 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (s, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.85 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 7.08 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.43 (m, 3 H), 7.45 - 7.57 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 7.95 (dd,
J=8.27, 1.33 Hz, 2 H), 12.98 (br s, 1 H)
樣本 1 - 8 , 丁二酸 ( 1 : 1 ) 鹽 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.98 - 1.28 (m, 15 H), 2.42 (s, 5 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.57 - 3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.70 - 3.86 (m, 1 H), 4.02 - 4.14 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (s, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.51 (m, 3 H), 4.70 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.69 - 5.86 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 11.95 - 12.58 (m, 2 H)
樣本 1 - 9 , 硫酸 ( 0 . 5 : 1 ) 鹽 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 1.02 - 1.31 (m, 15 H), 2.94 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.20 Hz, 2 H), 4.09 (br s, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.48 (m, 3 H), 4.72 - 4.90 (m, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.92 (m, 1 H), 6.07 (br d,
J=19.07 Hz, 2 H), 7.12 - 7.28 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.75 - 8.19 (m, 1 H).
接著,將樣本在25℃/60%相對濕度(RH)下儲存14天,其中在7天(圖4B)及14天(圖5A)之後進行HPLC及XRPD分析。所有所製備之鹽均保持非晶形,且觀測展示於表6中。發現單硫酸鹽(樣本1-5)及丁二酸鹽(樣本1-8)物理地不穩定且潮解或在研究時程期間變成膠狀物。發現反丁烯二酸鹽(樣本1-6)及苯甲酸鹽(樣本1-7)兩者均為玻璃狀固體。發現HCl鹽(樣本1-4)保持其物理形態。出人意料地,與呈黏稠膠狀物之單硫酸鹽化合物(樣本1-5)相比,半硫酸鹽(樣本1-9)亦保持其呈白色固體之物理形態。結果展示於表6中。發現單HCl鹽(樣本1-4)及半硫酸鹽(樣本1-9)在25℃/60%相對濕度(RH)下儲存2週後物理及化學穩定。儘管兩種鹽在兩週內均穩定,但半硫酸鹽優於HCl鹽,此係因為HCl鹽為吸濕性的,從而與半硫酸鹽相比呈現其對於長期儲存或使用較為不適用。
表 6 . 樣本在 25 ℃ / 60 % RH 下 7 天及 14 天後之穩定性 樣本ID 暴露於25℃/60% RH之
時間(
天)
0 7 14
HPLC 觀測 HPLC 觀測 HPLC 觀測
1-1
98.6
白色固體
98.7
白色固體
98.5
白色固體
1-2
99.1
白色固體
99.2
白色固體
99.0
白色固體
1-3
99.7
白色固體
99.6
白色固體
99.4
白色固體
1-4
98.7
白色固體
98.8
白色固體
98.6
白色固體
1-5
98.4
白色固體
55.7
黏稠白色固體
-
黏稠膠狀物
1-6
98.7
玻璃狀固體
98.6
透明玻璃狀固體
98.4
白色玻璃狀固體
1-7
98.8
白色固體
98.8
透明玻璃狀固體
98.7
透明玻璃狀固體
1-8
98.7
黏稠白色固體
-
潮解/黏稠油狀
-
潮解
1-9
98.7
白色固體
98.1
白色固體
96.4
白色固體
實例 5 . 非晶形化合物 2 之特徵最初藉由XRPD、
1HNMR、DSC、TGA及HPLC分析非晶形化合物
2。非晶形化合物
2與非晶形化合物
1及結晶化合物
1重疊之XRPD圖展示於圖1A中,且單獨非晶形化合物
2之XRPD圖展示於圖5B中。表7為來自展示於圖5B中之XRPD圖的峰清單。測定純度之HPLC跡線展示於圖6A中。表8為來自展示於圖6A中之HPLC跡線之相對滯留時間(RTT)之清單。非晶形化合物
2為99.68%純。圖6B為非晶形化合物
2之TGA及DSC圖。TGA及DSC實驗之實驗詳情在實例2中給出。
表 7.非晶形化合物
2之峰清單
角/°2θ d 間距/Å 強度 / 計數 強度/%
4.20
21.03
486
81.8
4.67
18.91
482
81.0
5.16
17.10
595
100.0
9.13
9.68
547
92.0
表8.非晶形化合物2之HPLC層析圖
非晶形化合物 2
RRT 面積 %
0.48
0.02
0.48
0.02
0.67
0.01
0.94
0.13
1.00 99.68
1.04
0.06
非晶形化合物 2 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.93 - 1.29 (m, 13 H), 2.94 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (td,
J=10.04, 7.07 Hz, 2 H), 4.05 - 4.19 (m, 1 H), 4.19 - 4.50 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.94 (m, 1 H), 5.97 - 6.16 (m, 2 H), 7.14 - 7.28 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.82 - 8.09 (m, 1 H)
實例 6 . 非晶形化合物 2 之結晶由於發現半硫酸鹽如表6中所展示在14天穩定性研究之後保持呈固體,所以使用11種不同溶劑進行研究結晶條件的初步測試。在25℃下將非晶形化合物
2懸浮於5體積溶劑中(樣本2-1、2-2、2-3、2-4、2-5、2-6、2-7、2-8、2-9、2-10及2-11)。向並不自由流動之彼等樣本(2-1、2-2、2-3、2-4、2-5、2-6、2-7、2-8及2-10)中另外添加5體積溶劑。接著,除樣本2-1 (其在1天之後觀測為澄清溶液,且在環境條件下蒸發)以外,使各樣本在25-50℃ (溫度間1℃/min,且在各溫度下4小時)下成化6天。結果展示於表9中。結晶圖案自用異丁醇(樣本2-1)、丙酮(樣本2-2)、EtOAc (樣本2-6)及
iPrOAc (樣本2-7)結晶得到。亦自用MEK (樣本2-4)及MIBK (樣本2-5)結晶鑑別出兩個不佳結晶樣本。XRPD圖案展示於圖7A中。
表 9 . 化合物 2 之結晶條件 樣本ID 溶劑 在5 體積後之觀測 在10 體積後之觀測 在1 天陳化後之觀測 XRPD
2-1
IPA
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
溶液,在RT下蒸發產生膠狀物
膠狀物
2-2
異丁醇
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
結晶-圖案2
2-3
丙酮
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
結晶-圖案3
2-4
MEK
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
不佳結晶-圖案4
2-5
MIBK
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
不佳結晶-圖案4
2-6
EtOAc
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
結晶-圖案1
2-7
iPrOAc
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
結晶-圖案1
2-8
THF
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
不佳結晶
2-9
TBME
自由流動懸浮液
-
懸浮液
非晶形
2-10
甲苯
固體-不自由流動
自由流動懸浮液
懸浮液
非晶形
2-11
庚烷
自由流動懸浮液
-
懸浮液
非晶形
七個樣本(樣本2-2、2-3、2-4、2-5、2-6、2-7及2-8)藉由DSC、TGA、
1H-NMR及IC (表10、圖8A、圖8B、圖9A、圖9B、圖10A、圖10B、圖11A及圖11B)分析,以及在25℃/60%相對濕度(RH)下儲存6天之後(所有樣本保持結晶/在穩定性之後之不佳結晶)藉由XRPD分析。所有樣本均保留大致一半當量之硫酸鹽,但含有相對大量的殘餘溶劑。非晶形樣本2-9、2-10及2-11之X射線繞射圖之重疊展示於圖7B中。
表 10 . 結晶化合物 2 樣本之特徵
樣本ID
溶劑
DSC
TGA 1HNMR
IC ( 對於TGA 進行 校正)
2-2
異丁醇
吸熱,113.8℃
8.3%環境溫度-140℃
1.1 eq異丁醇
0.45 eq
2-3
丙酮
吸熱,30-95℃
吸熱,100-145℃
7.6%環境溫度-140℃
0.5 eq丙酮
0.46 eq
2-4
MEK
寬廣複雜
吸熱,30-115℃
吸熱,115-145℃
8.5%環境溫度-140℃
0.8 eq MEK
0.45 eq
2-5
MIBK
寬廣吸熱,30-105℃吸熱,114.7℃
5.2%環境溫度-110℃
0.2 eq MIBK
0.46 eq
2-6
EtOAc
尖銳吸熱,113.6℃
2.0%環境溫度-100℃
0.9 eq EtOAc
0.46 eq
2-7
iPrOAc
吸熱,30-90℃
1.6%環境溫度-90℃
0.8 eq iPrOAc
0.45 eq
2-8
THF
吸熱,30-100℃
較尖銳吸熱,115.6℃
4.2%環境溫度-130℃
0.7 eq THF
0.45 eq
所有樣本均進行
1HNMR光譜,且列舉於下。
樣本 2 - 2 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.83 (d,
J=6.69 Hz, 7 H), 0.99 - 1.26 (m, 14 H), 1.61 (dt,
J=13.26, 6.63 Hz, 1 H), 3.73 - 3.87 (m, 2 H), 4.03 - 4.18 (m, 1 H), 4.18 - 4.51 (m, 4 H), 4.66 - 4.92 (m, 1 H), 4.70 - 4.90 (m, 1 H), 4.72 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.81 (br s, 1 H), 5.93 - 6.11 (m, 2 H), 7.10 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.14 - 7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.30 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.94 (br s, 1 H)
樣本 2 - 3 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 1.00 - 1.26 (m, 13 H), 2.09 (s, 3 H), 3.74 - 3.87 (m, 2 H), 4.10 (br d,
J=7.70 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.50 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.28 Hz, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.90 (m, 1 H), 5.96 - 6.15 (m, 2 H), 7.12 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.79 - 8.07 (m, 1 H)
樣本 2 - 4 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.91 (t,
J=7.33 Hz, 3 H), 1.01 - 1.28 (m, 13 H), 2.08 (s, 2 H), 3.72 - 3.89 (m, 2 H), 4.10 (br d,
J=8.08 Hz, 1 H), 4.23 - 4.47 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 - 5.89 (m, 1 H), 5.94 - 6.13 (m, 2 H), 7.14 - 7.25 (m, 3 H), 7.32 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.79 - 8.11 (m, 1 H)
樣本 2 - 5 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.86 (d,
J=6.69 Hz, 1 H), 0.98 - 1.33 (m, 13 H), 2.02 - 2.09 (m, 1 H), 4.03 - 4.17 (m, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.50 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.81 (br s, 1 H), 5.93 - 6.15 (m, 2 H), 7.11 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.77 - 8.21 (m, 1 H)
樣本 2 - 6 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.98 - 1.28 (m, 15 H), 2.00 (s, 3 H), 3.99 - 4.14 (m, 3 H), 4.21 - 4.49 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.82 (br s, 1 H), 5.93 - 6.14 (m, 2 H), 7.11 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.29 - 7.42 (m, 2 H), 7.79 - 8.17 (m, 1 H)
樣本 2 - 7 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.92 - 1.28 (m, 17 H), 1.97 (s, 2 H), 4.04 - 4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.20 - 4.51 (m, 3 H), 4.71 - 4.93 (m, 2 H), 5.82 (br s, 1 H), 5.95 - 6.14 (m, 2 H), 7.11 - 7.28 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.43 (m, 2 H), 7.75 - 8.21 (m, 1 H)
樣本 2 - 8 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.81 - 1.11 (m, 13 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 1.53 - 1.66 (m, 1 H), 3.87 - 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.06 - 4.32 (m, 3 H), 4.64 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.55 - 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.77 - 5.97 (m, 2 H), 6.94 - 7.10 (m, 3 H), 7.13 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 7.66 - 7.96 (m, 1 H)
實例 7 . 未能結晶非晶形丙二酸鹽(
化合物 4)
如實例3中所展示,當測定對於化合物
1之適當鹽時鑑別出結晶草酸鹽,但草酸鹽化合物
4可能不能在臨床試驗中使用,此係由於其可能引起腎結石。因此,試圖使用與對於半硫酸鹽而言相同的11種溶劑來結晶化學相關丙二酸鹽(化合物
5)。將化合物
1(12 × 50 mg,樣本3-1、3-2、3-3、3-4、3-5、3-6、3-7、3-8、3-9、3-10、3-11及3-12)溶解於第三丁醇(20 vol)中,且接著用1當量丙二酸儲備溶液(1 M於THF中)處理溶液。接著,冷凍樣本,在此情況下,藉由凍乾移除溶劑。在室溫下向樣本3-1、3-2、3-3、3-4、3-5、3-6、3-7、3-8、3-9、3-10及3-11中添加相關溶劑(5體積)。使任何所得溶液在環境條件下蒸發,而使膠狀物或固體在25-50℃ (溫度間1℃/min,且在各溫度下4小時)下成化5天。藉由XRPD分析固體(圖12B),但發現所有樣本不是形成膠狀物就是呈非晶形(圖12B)。結果展示於表11中。藉由
1H-NMR及HPLC分析一個固體(非晶形)樣本(3-12),且發現含有約1當量丙二酸(峰重疊)以及0.6 eq.
t -BuOH。化合物為99.2%純(圖13A)。圖12A為樣本3-12之XRDP,且圖13A為樣本3-12之HPLC層析。
樣本 3 - 12 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.81 - 1.11 (m, 13 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 1.53 - 1.66 (m, 1 H), 3.87 - 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.06 - 4.32 (m, 3 H), 4.64 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.55 - 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.77 - 5.97 (m, 2 H), 6.94 - 7.10 (m, 3 H), 7.13 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 7.66 - 7.96 (m, 1 H)
表 11 . 非晶形丙二酸鹽化合物 4 之結晶條件 樣本 ID 溶劑 在5 體積後之觀測 在5 天陳化 / 蒸發後之觀測 XRPD
3-1
IPA
澄清溶液*
透明膠狀物
-
3-2
異丁醇
澄清溶液*
透明膠狀物
-
3-3
丙酮
澄清溶液*
透明膠狀物
-
3-4
MEK
澄清溶液*
透明膠狀物
-
3-5
MIBK
溶液及一些膠狀物
透明膠狀物
-
3-6
EtOAc
澄清溶液*
透明膠狀物及晶體狀形態
非晶形
3-7
iPrOAc
膠狀物
透明膠狀物
-
3-8
THF
澄清溶液*
透明膠狀物
-
3-9
TBME
黏稠懸浮液
透明膠狀物
-
3-10
甲苯
白色膠狀物/固體
白色膠狀物
非晶形
3-11
庚烷
白色固體 (靜態)
白色膠狀物
非晶形
3-12
-
(白色固體-無溶劑)
(黏稠白色固體-環境條件)
非晶形
*在室溫下蒸發
實例 8 . 使用液體輔助研磨 ( LAG ) 未能 形成適當鹽使用表12中之14種酸性反離子進行測定除半硫酸鹽以外之適當鹽的液體輔助研磨(LAG)研究。
表 12 . LAG 結晶中使用之反離子儲備溶液 反離子 溶劑 (1 M)
撲酸根
DMSO
丙二酸根
THF
D-葡糖醛酸根
水
DL-杏仁酸根
THF
D-葡萄糖酸根
THF
乙醇酸根
THF
L-乳酸根
THF
油酸根
THF
L-抗壞血酸根
水
肥酸根
THF (熱)
己酸根
THF
硬脂酸根
THF
棕櫚酸根
THF
甲磺酸根
THF
將化合物
1(30 mg)置放於具有兩個3 mm滾珠軸承之HPLC小瓶中。用溶劑(15 µl乙醇,樣本4-1、4-2、4-3、4-4、4-5、4-6、4-7、4-8、4-9、4-10、4-11、4-12、4-13及4-14)潤濕材料,且添加1當量酸反離子。接著,在650 rpm下使用具有自動適配器之Fritsch碾磨系統碾磨樣本2小時。發現大部分研磨後之樣本成透明膠狀,且不進行進一步分析(表13)。觀測到含有固體之彼等樣本藉由XRPD分析,且在所有情況下,發現所獲得之圖案匹配不具有其他峰之結晶酸反離子之彼等圖案(圖13B)。
表 13 . 由化合物 1 之 LAG 產生之觀測及 XRPD 樣本ID 酸 研磨後之觀測 XRPD
4-1
撲酸
黃色膠狀物/固體
撲酸及非晶形暈圈
4-2
丙二酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-3
D-葡糖醛酸
白色膠狀物/固體
D-葡糖醛酸及非晶形暈圈
4-4
DL-杏仁酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-5
D-葡萄糖酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-6
乙醇酸
透明膠狀物
4-7
L-乳酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-8
油酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-9
L-抗壞血酸
白色膠狀物/固體
L-抗壞血酸及非晶形暈圈
4-10
肥酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-11
己酸
透明膠狀物
-
4-12
硬脂酸
白色膠狀物/固體
硬脂酸及非晶形暈圈
4-13
棕櫚酸
白色膠狀物/固體
棕櫚酸及非晶形暈圈
4-4
甲磺酸
透明膠狀物
-
實例 9 . 使用甲基乙基酮 ( MEK ) 未能獲得適當鹽形成接下來,將甲基乙基酮(MEK)用作溶劑,以研究除半硫酸鹽以外之適當鹽。使用表12中之14種酸反離子,藉由在室溫下將化合物
1(50 mg)溶解於MEK (20 vol)中進行研究。溶液用1當量所選擇反離子(表12)處理。接著,使樣本以0.1℃/min冷卻至5℃,且在此溫度下攪拌隔夜。使所有樣本在環境條件下蒸發,且藉由XRPD分析所觀測到之任何固體。除用硬脂酸(樣本4-12)及棕櫚酸(樣本5-13)之樣本(其提供玻璃狀溶劑)之外,此蒸發主要產生膠狀物。藉由XRPD,此等固體均為非晶形,但未獲得鹽之結晶形式。結果展示於表14中。(圖13A)。
表 14 . 將 化合物 1 溶解於 MEK ( 20 體積 ) 中之結果 樣本ID 酸 在1 M 下之酸之溶劑 在添加酸後之觀測 在冷卻後之觀測 在蒸發後之觀測
5-1
撲酸
DMSO
黃色溶液
黃色溶液
黃色膠狀物
5-2
丙二酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-3
D-葡糖醛酸
水
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-4
DL-杏仁酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-5
D-葡萄糖酸
THF
白色沈澱
混濁溶液
透明膠狀物
5-6
乙醇酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-7
L-乳酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-8
油酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-9
L-抗壞血酸
水
溶液
溶液
黃色膠狀物
5-10
肥酸
THF (熱)
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-11
己酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
5-12
硬脂酸
THF
溶液
混濁溶液
透明玻璃狀固體*
5-13
棕櫚酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明玻璃狀固體*
5-14
甲磺酸
THF
溶液
溶液
透明膠狀物
儲備溶液在添加酸之前製備
*藉由XRPD分析樣本,且自酸反離子得到非晶形圖案加峰
由於所有樣本均為非晶形,所以將所有樣本再溶解於MEK (5 vol)中,且在室溫下添加環己烷(20 vol反溶劑),隨後在25℃下攪拌1小時。接著,在將循環改變呈50℃至25℃持續另外4天之前,使樣本在50℃與5℃ (溫度間1℃/min,在各溫度下4小時)之間成化2天。在陳化之後藉由眼睛觀測樣本。結果展示於表15中。在陳化之後,除5-1 (用撲酸)外,發現所有樣本均為膠狀。藉由XRPD分析樣本5-1 (黃色固體),且發現圖案匹配撲酸之已知形式(圖14B),且因此未獲得鹽之結晶形式。
表 15 . 將 化合物 1 再溶解於 MEK ( 5 體積 ) 及反溶劑中之結果 樣本ID 立即觀測 10 分鐘後觀測 60 分鐘在後觀測 成化後觀測
5-1
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
黃色懸浮液**
5-2
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-3
沈澱/膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-4
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-5
沈澱/膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-6
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-7
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-8
沈澱
輕質懸浮液
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-9
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-10
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-11
沈澱
輕質懸浮液
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-12
沈澱
輕質懸浮液
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-13
沈澱
輕質懸浮液
膠狀物
膠狀物
5-14
沈澱
膠狀物
膠狀物
膠狀物
**藉由XRPD分析樣本,其中圖案匹配撲酸之已知形式(無其他峰)
實例 10 . 使用乙酸乙酯未能獲得適當鹽形成接下來,利用乙酸乙酯,以研究除半硫酸鹽以外之適當鹽。利用表12中之14種酸反離子,藉由在50℃下將化合物
1(50 mg)溶解於乙酸乙酯(20 vol)中進行該研究。溶液用1當量所選擇反離子(表12)處理。接著,使樣本以0.1℃/min冷卻至5℃,且在此溫度下攪拌4天。使溶液在環境條件下蒸發,而任何固體藉由XRPD分析。使用乙酸乙酯結晶之結果在表16中。與MEK為溶劑之實例8相比,觀測到大部分樣本在酸:化合物混合物之冷卻後為懸浮液(使呈溶液之彼等在環境條件下蒸發)。然而,通常發現XRPD繞射圖匹配結晶化合物
1。樣本6-2、6-4及6-5具有一些輕微差異(圖14A及圖15A)。未獲得鹽之結晶形式。
表 16.
將 化合物 1 溶解於 EtOAc ( 20 體積 ) 中之結果 樣本ID 酸 在1 M 下之酸之溶劑 在添加酸後之觀測 在冷卻後之觀測 XRPD 在蒸發後之觀測
6-1
撲酸
DMSO
黃色溶液
黃色溶液*
-
膠狀物
6-2
丙二酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
與游離鹼呈輕微差異
-
6-3
D-葡糖醛酸
水
溶液
溶液*
-
膠狀物
6-4
DL-杏仁酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
與游離鹼呈輕微差異
-
6-5
D-葡萄糖酸
THF
白色沈澱
可能白色膠狀物
與游離鹼呈輕微差異
-
6-6
乙醇酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-7
L-乳酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-8
油酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-9
L-抗壞血酸
水
溶液
溶液*
-
在側邊上白色固體/黃色膠狀物-非晶形
6-10
肥酸
THF (熱)
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-11
己酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-12
硬脂酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-13
棕櫚酸
THF
溶液
白色懸浮液
游離鹼
-
6-14
甲磺酸
THF
白色沈澱
溶液/透明膠狀物*
-
膠狀物
實例 11 . 藉由 HPLC 之 化學純度測定在配備有二極體陣列偵測器之Agilent HP1100系列系統上及使用ChemStation軟體vB.04.03使用展示於表17中之方法進行實例2及實例4中之純度分析。
表 17 . 化學純度測定之 HPLC 方法 參數 值
方法類型
具有梯度溶離之逆相
樣本製備
0.5 mg/ml於乙腈:水(1:1)中
管柱
Supelco Ascentis Express C18,100 × 4.6 mm,2.7 μm
管柱溫度(℃)
25
注射 (μl)
5
波長,頻寬 (nm)
255,90
流動速率 (ml/min)
2
相A
0.1% TFA/水
相B
0.085% TFA/乙腈
時間表
時間(min)
相A%
相B%
0
95
5
6
5
95
6.2
95
5
8
95
5
實例 12 . X 射線粉末繞射 ( XRPD ) 技術在PANalytical Empyrean繞射儀上使用呈傳輸幾何形狀之Cu Kα輻射(45 kV,40 mA)採集實例2、實例3、實例4、實例5、實例6、實例7、實例8及實例9中之XRPD圖案。對於入射光束使用0.5°縫隙,4 mm遮罩及具有聚焦鏡之0.4弧度Soller縫隙。置放於繞射光束上之PIXcel
3D偵測器裝備有接收縫隙及0.04弧度Soller縫隙。使用矽粉末以每週一次基礎上檢驗儀器效能。用於資料採集之軟體為X'Pert資料採集器v.5.3,且使用Diffrac
PlusEVA v.15.0.0.0或Highscore Plus v.4.5分析資料且呈現。在透射模式下在金屬或Millipore 96孔盤中製備樣本且進行分析。在金屬孔盤上之在金屬片材之間使用X射線透明薄膜,且按原樣使用粉末(大約1至2 mg)。Millipore盤用於藉由在輕真空過濾之前向盤中直接添加少量懸浮液來分離來自懸浮液之固體且進行分析。
金屬板之掃描模式使用角掃描軸,而2θ掃描用於Millipore盤。使用矽粉末(金屬孔盤)進行效能檢查。資料採集之詳情為2.5至32.0°2θ之角程,0.0130°2θ之步長及2.07分鐘之總採集時間。
亦在Bruker D8繞射儀上使用Cu Kα輻射(40 kV,40 mA)、θ-2θ測角計及V4之發散與接收縫隙、Ge單色器與Lynxeye偵測器來採集樣本。使用經檢定之剛玉標準品(NIST 1976)檢驗儀器效能。資料採集使用之軟體為Diffrac
PlusXRD Commander v2.6.1,且使用Diffrac
PlusEVA v15.0.0.0分析資料且呈現。
樣本在環境條件下運行,如同平板樣品按原樣使用粉末。將樣本平緩地封裝於切割成零拋光背景(510)矽晶圓之腔中。在分析期間在其自身平面中旋轉樣本。資料採集之詳情為2至42°2θ之角程,0.05°2θ之步長及0.5秒/步驟之採集時間。
實例 13 . 非晶形化合物 2 之合成 向250 mL燒瓶中饋入MeOH (151 mL),且使溶液冷卻至0-5℃。在10分鐘內逐滴添加濃H
2SO
4溶液。向獨立燒瓶中饋入化合物
1(151 g)及丙酮(910 mL),且在2.5小時內在25-30℃下逐滴添加H
2SO
4/MeOH溶液。沈澱大量固體。在25-30℃下攪拌溶液12-15小時之後,過濾混合物,用MeOH/丙酮(25 mL/150 mL)洗滌,且在55-60℃下真空乾燥,得到化合物
2(121 g,74%)。
化合物 2 之分析方法 :使用Agilent 1100 HPLC系統用Waters XTerra Phenyl 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm管柱在以下條件下獲得化合物
2之純度:1 mL/min流動速率,在254 nm下讀取,30℃管柱溫度,10 μL注射體積及30分鐘運行時間。將樣本溶解於ACN:水(90:10,v/v)中。用於分離之梯度方法展示於下。化合物
2之R
t(min)大約為12.0分鐘。
時間(min)
0.1% H
3PO
4/水(A)%
乙腈(B)%
0
90
10
20
20
80
20.1
90
10
30
90
10
1HNMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-
d
6 ): δ 8.41 (br, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t,
J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d,
J= 8.0 Hz, 2H ), 7.17 (t,
J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 2H), 6.07 (d,
J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (dd,
J= 12.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81(br, 1H), 4.84-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.28 (m, 3H), 4.10 (t,
J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.85-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s,
J= 4.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.10 (m, 9H).
實例 14 . 化合物 2 之特徵化合物
2進一步由眼睛、
1HNMR、
13CNMR、
19FNMR、MS、HPLC及XRPD (圖15B)表徵。藉由GC來量測殘餘溶劑。藉由Karl Fischer滴定法來量測含水量,且含水量僅為0.70%。資料概述於表18中。
表 18 . 化合物 2 之額外特徵資料之概述 測試 結果
形態
白色固體
NMR
1HNMR峰列舉於實例4中
MS
MS(ESI+ve) [M+H]
+= 582.3,符合結構
HPLC
藉由在254 nm下之AUC,99.8% (兩個製劑之平均值)
藉由GC之殘餘溶劑
甲醇,57 ppm
丙酮,752 ppm
二氯甲烷,50 ppm
乙酸乙酯,176 ppm
含水量
0.70%
實例 15 . 化合物 1 及化合物 2 之溶解度均測試化合物
1及化合物
2在生物相關測試介質中之溶解度,包括模擬胃液(SGF)、禁食狀態的模擬胃液(FaSSIF)及飽腹狀態胃液(FeSSIF)。化合物
1之結果展示於表19中,且化合物
2之結果展示於表20中。在室溫(20-25℃)下攪拌樣本。化合物
2比化合物
1在2小時處更可溶於水中多於40倍,在24小時處更可溶多於25倍。在SGF條件中,與在相同時間點處之化合物
1之15.6 mg/mL之溶解度相比,化合物
2在24小時處具有84.2 mg/mL的溶解度。在SGF條件中,化合物
2亦在2小時處比化合物
1更可溶,且可溶性足以允許甚至在48小時之後測試,而化合物
1不進行在48小時處之測試。
表 19 . 化合物 1 溶解度測試結果 測試介質 溶解度 ( 以mg /mL 為單位 ) 形態 描述性術語
2 小時 24 小時
水
1.5
2.5
澄清溶液*
輕微可溶
SGF
13.8
15.6
澄清溶液,在底部具有膠狀物
微溶
FaSSIF
1.7
1.7
混濁
輕微可溶
FeSSIF
2.8
2.9
混濁
輕微可溶
*樣本呈現為澄清,而僅達成1.5 mg/mL之溶解度。在進一步研究後,注意到,在攪拌棒上形成膠狀薄膜。化合物1活性藥物成分在標準製備期間在稀釋劑(90%水/10%乙腈)中形成膠狀球,此需要較長音波處理時間以溶解完全。
表 20 . 化合物 2 溶解度測試結果 測試介質 溶解度 ( 以mg /mL 鹽計 ) 形態 描述性術語
2 小時 24 小時 48 小時
水
65.3
68.0
N/A
混濁
可溶
SGF
89.0
84.2
81.3
混濁
可溶
FaSSIF
1.9
2.0
N/A
混濁
輕微可溶
FeSSIF
3.3
3.4
N/A
混濁
輕微可溶
實例 16 . 化合物 2 之化學穩定性在25℃及40℃下在6個月時間段內藉由監測有機純度、含水量、
1HNMR、DSC及Ramen IR來測試化合物
2之化學穩定性。用於研究之容器閉合系統為組合醫藥閥袋,其在袋上具有醫藥層壓薄膜及在兩個層之間具有乾燥矽膠。稱量化合物
2(1 g)至各容器中。接著,將袋儲存在25℃/60% RH (相對濕度)及40℃/75% RH (相對濕度)下。在時間0、第1個月、第2個月、第3個月及第6個月時量測有機純度、含水量、
1HNMR、DSC及拉曼光譜。
使用Shimadzu LC-20AD系統用Waters XTerra Phenyl 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm管柱在以下條件下獲得化合物
2之純度:1 mL/min流動速率,在254 nm下讀取,35℃管柱溫度及10 μL注射體積。將樣本溶解於乙腈-水(90:10) (v/v)中。梯度方法展示於下。
時間 (min) A% (ACN) B% ( 水 )
0
90
10
20
20
80
20.1
90
10
30
90
10
藉由水滴定設備使用Karl Fischer滴定法來測定化合物
2(250 mg)之含水量。
結果展示於表21及表22中。當化合物
2在25℃及40℃下儲存6個月時,降解速率為極小的。在3個月時,化合物
2在25℃條件下為99.75%純,且在40℃條件下為99.58%純。在6個月時,化合物
2在25℃條件下仍為99.74%純,且在40℃條件下為99.30%純。在25℃下,降解產物之百分比自第0天之0.03%增加至在6個月後之0.08%。在40℃下,降解產物之百分比自0.03%增加至0.39%。歷經6個月之時程,水之百分比在25℃下增加大約0.6%,且在40℃下增加大約0.7%。
化合物
2在1、2、3及6個月時藉由
1HNMR、拉曼光譜及DSC之特徵與化合物
2在兩個溫度條件下在第0天之特徵相同(表22),從而突顯化合物
2之長期穩定性。
表 21 . 化合物 2 在 6 個月內在 25 ℃ 及 40 ℃ 下之降解速率
測試時間 水百分比 純度百分比 降解產物百分比 最大雜質百分比
25 ℃ 第0天
1.2
99.82
0.03
0.12
第1個月
1.9
99.77
0.04
0.12
第2個月
1.8
99.75
0.06
0.12
第3個月
1.8
99.75
0.06
0.12
第6個月
1.8
99.74
0.08
0.13
40 ℃ 第0天
1.2
99.82
0.03
0.12
第1個月
2.0
99.71
0.09
0.12
第2個月
1.9
99.63
0.15
0.12
第3個月
1.9
99.58
0.20
0.12
第6個月
1.9
99.30
0.39
0.14
表 22 . 化合物 2 在降解研究期間之特徵
測試時間 1HNMR
Raman DSC
25 ℃ 第0天
測試開始
測試開始
測試開始
第1個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
第2個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
第3個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
第6個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
40 ℃ 第0天
測試開始
測試開始
測試開始
第1個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
第2個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
第3個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
第6個月
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
與第0天相同
量測化合物
2之額外化學穩定性研究以測定雜質及水含量。測試三個條件:歷經6個月時段之經加速穩定性(40 ± 2℃ / 75 ± 5% RH);歷經9個月時段之環境穩定性(25 ± 2℃ / 60 ± 5% RH);及歷經9個月時段之冷凍機條件(5 ± 3℃)下之穩定性。經加速穩定性、環境穩定性及冷凍機條件的結果分別展示於表23、表24及表25中。基於此等中研究之結果,化合物
2為極化學穩定的。
在經加速穩定性研究(表23)中,在量測化合物
2之各時間點(第1個月、第3個月及第6個月)處,化合物
2之形態始終為白色固體且IR符合參考標準。在六個月之後,總相關物質1雜質僅為0.08%且未偵測到相關物質2及異構體。
表 23 . 化合物 2 之經加速穩定性 ( 40 ± 2 ℃ / 75 ± 5 % RH ) 物項 規格 測試時間點
第 0 月 第 1 個月 第 3 個月 第 6 個月
形態
白色或灰白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
IR
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
/
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
水
≤2.0%
0.45%
0.21%
0.36%
0.41%
相關物質1
雜質A
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質B
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質F
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
0.01%
雜質H
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
任何其他單一雜質
≤0.10%
0.01%
0.02%
0.01%
0.05%
總雜質
≤0.2%
0.01%
0.02%
0.02%
0.08%
相關物質2
雜質G
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
異構體
雜質C
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
雜質D
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
雜質E
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
分析
98.0%~102.0%
98.8%
101.5%
99.6%
99.5%
微生物測試
TAMC
≤1000cfu/g
<1cfu/g
/
/
/
黴菌及酵母菌
≤100cfu/g
<1cfu/g
/
/
/
大腸桿菌
未偵測到
N.D.
/
/
/
N.D.:未偵測到
在量測形態、IR、水及雜質含量九個月的環境穩定性研究中,化合物
2之形態始終為白色固體且IR始終對應於參考樣本。結果(表24)強調化合物
2如何化學穩定。9個月後,水在樣本中之百分比僅為0.20%且總相關物質1雜質為僅0.02%。與經加速穩定性研究類似,未偵測到相關物質2及化合物
2之任何異構體。
表 24 . 化合物 2 之環境穩定性 ( 25 ± 2 ℃ / 60 ± 5 % RH ) 物項 規格 測試時間點
第 0 月 第 1 個月 第 3 個月 第 6 個月 第 9 個月
形態
白色或灰白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
灰白色固體
IR
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
/
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
水
≤2.0%
0.45%
0.19%
0.29%
0.46%
0.20%
相關物質1
雜質A
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質B
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
0.03%
N.D.
N.D.
雜質 F
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
0.02%
0.01%
N.D.
雜質H
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
任何其他單一雜質
≤0.10%
0.01%
0.01%
0.03%
0.02%
0.02%
總雜質
≤0.2%
0.01%
0.02%
0.11%
0.05%
0.02%
相關物質2
雜質G
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
異構體
雜質C
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質D
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質E
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
分析
98.0%~102.0%
98.8%
101.1%
99.6%
99.7%
100.9%
微生物測試
TAMC
≤1000cfu/g
<1cfu/g
/
/
/
/
黴菌及酵母菌
≤100cfu/g
<1cfu/g
/
/
/
/
大腸桿菌
未偵測到
N.D.
/
/
/
/
N.D.:未偵測到
在冷凍機條件下量測穩定性之結果展示於表25中。甚至在9個月之後檢測到的唯一雜質為來自相關物質1之彼等及水。9個月之後含水量為0.32%,且相關物質1之總雜質僅為樣本之0.01%。化合物2在冷凍機條件下為極化學穩定的。
表 25 . 在冷凍機條件 ( 5 ± 3 ℃ ) 下化合物 2 之穩定性 物項 規格 測試時間點
第 0 月 第 1 個月 第 3 個月 第 6 個月 第 9 個月
形態
白色或灰白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
白色固體
灰白色固體
IR
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
/
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
對應於參考標準
水
≤2.0%
0.45%
0.19%
0.32%
0.42%
0.32%
相關物質1
雜質A
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質B
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
0.01%
N.D.
N.D.
雜質F
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質H
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
任何其他單一雜質
≤0.10%
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
總雜質
≤0.2%
0.01%
0.01%
0.03%
0.03%
0.01%
相關物質2
雜質G
≤0.15%
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
異構體
雜質C
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質D
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
雜質E
≤0.15%
N.D.
/
N.D.
N.D.
N.D.
分析
98.0%~102.0%
98.8%
101.1%
100.2%
98.6%
101.4%
微生物測試
TAMC
≤1000cfu/g
<1cfu/g
/
/
/
/
黴菌及酵母菌
≤100cfu/g
<1cfu/g
/
/
/
/
大腸桿菌
未偵測到
N.D.
/
/
/
/
N.D.:未偵測到
實例 17 . 在單次口服劑量之化合物 2 後代謝物之血漿水準向大鼠、狗及猴投與單次口服劑量之化合物
2,且量測展示於流程1中之某些代謝物之血漿水準。
化合物
2轉化成化合物
1及代謝物
1 - 7展示於表26中,且代謝物1-8及代謝物1-2之結果展示於表27中。在大鼠中,觀測到較低水準之化合物
1暴露,但觀測到較高水準之代謝物
1 - 7,其為活性三磷酸酯(代謝物
1 - 6)之核苷代謝物。在猴中,量測到與劑量大致成比例之化合物
1之暴露。在狗中,量測到超成比例的化合物
1暴露,其指示在肝中首過代謝清除。在整個研究中,觀測到在狗(5/5較高劑量組)中比在猴(1/5較高劑量組)中顯著地更嘔吐。
表 26 . 在單次口服劑量之化合物 2 後化合物 1 及代謝物 1 - 7 之血漿水準 物種
劑量* (mg/kg)
化合物1 代謝物 1-7
C
max(ng/mL)
T
max(hr)
AUC
0-last(hr*ng/mL)
C
max(ng/mL)
AUC
0-last(hr*ng/mL)
大鼠
a 500
70.5
0.25
60.9
748
12000
狗
b 30
1530
0.25-1
1300
783
9270
100
8120
0.5-1
10200
2030
24200
300
21300
204
44300
4260
60800
猴
b 30
63.5
0.5-2
176
42.5
1620
100
783
1-2
1100
131
3030
300
501
204
1600
93.6
3660
3個雄性/劑量/物種;*劑量配方:
a0.5% CMC,含0.5%吐溫(Tween) 80之水;
b含粉末之膠囊
表 27 . 在單次口服劑量之化合物 2 後代謝物 1 - 8 及 1 - 2 之血漿水準 物種
劑量* (mg/kg)
代謝物 1-8 代謝物 1-2
C
max(ng/mL)
AUC
0-last(hr*ng/mL)
C
max(ng/mL)
AUC
0-last(hr*ng/mL)
大鼠
a 500
5060
35100
9650
20300
狗
b 30
291
905
196
610
100
1230
4370
886
2830
300
5380
35300
2380
8710
猴
b 30
209
5690
300
1730
100
406
12300
1350
8160
300
518
16800
1420
11400
3個雄性/劑量/物種;*劑量配方:
a0.5% CMC,含0.5%吐溫(Tween) 80之水;
b含粉末之膠囊
實例 18 . 化合物 2 口服劑量後活性三磷酸酯之組織暴露在口服劑量之化合物
2後4小時量測化合物
2之活性三磷酸酯(TP) (代謝物
1 - 6)之心臟及肝組織水準。在單次劑量之化合物
2後4小時獲得肝及心臟之樣本,急驟冷凍,均質化,且藉由LC-MS/MS分析該等樣本之胞內活性TP水準。在大鼠、狗及猴中量測組織水準,如圖16A中所展示。在所有測試物種之肝中量測到較高水準之活性TP。在狗之心臟中量測到相對較低水準之活性TP,此係由於首過肝代謝之飽和;且在大鼠及猴心臟中量測到不可計量水準之TP,指示活性TP之肝特異性形成。儘管未展示,但與化合物
1給藥相比,化合物
2給藥改良TP分佈。
實例 19 . 狗中之化合物 1 與化合物 2 之藥理學比較進行用化合物
1及化合物
2給藥的狗之頭對頭比較。該研究量測在用化合物
1(25 mg/kg)及化合物
2(30 mg/kg)給藥4小時後之化合物
1及代謝物
1 - 7(來自流程1)之血漿水準(表28),且代謝物
1 - 7之AUC
( 0 - 4hr )在化合物
2與化合物
1相比之情況下大兩倍。化合物
1及代謝物
1 - 7之劑量標準化的暴露展示於表28中。化合物
1、代謝物
1 - 7及化合物
1+ 代謝物
1 - 7之總和之AUC
( 0 - 4hr )之值在給藥有化合物
2後更高。
表 28 . 在用化合物 1 及化合物 2 給藥後血漿水準之比較 給藥之化合物 對於以下物質進行劑量標準化的平均AUC (0 -4hr ) (μM × hr ) :
化合物
1 代謝物1-7
化合物
1+ 代謝物1-7
化合物
1(25 mg/kg)
0.2
1.9
2.1
化合物
2(30 mg/kg)
1.0
4.1
5.1
aAUC
(0 -4hr )值標準化成25 mg/kg之劑量
肝/心臟比率三磷酸酯濃度指示,與化合物
1相比,用化合物
2給藥增加將三磷酸酯遞送至肝之選擇性遞送,如表29中所展示。在心臟中量測之投與化合物
1後之活性鳥嘌呤代謝物(
1 - 6)之AUC
( 0 - 4hr )為174 μM × hr,而在心臟中量測之投與化合物
2後之活性鳥嘌呤代謝物(
1 - 6)之AUC
( 0 - 4hr )為28 μM × hr。與化合物
1之3.1之肝/心臟之比率相比,化合物
2之肝/心臟比率為20。
表 29 . 給藥有化合物 1 及化合物 2 後肝及心臟暴露之比較 給藥之化合物 對於以下物質進行劑量標準化的平均AUC (0 -4hr ) (μM × hr ) :
肝
心臟
肝/心臟
化合物2
565
28
b 20
化合物1
537
174
3.1
a活性TP濃度(
1 -6;流程1)標準化成25 mg/kg之劑量
b外推低於定量校準曲線之下限
當與化合物
1相比投與化合物
2時,增加對肝優於心臟之選擇性之效果亦展示於圖16B中。將在給藥化合物
2(30 mg/kg)後之活性三磷酸酯的心臟及肝組織水準與在給藥化合物
1(25 mg/kg)後之活性三磷酸酯的組織水準相比。對於化合物
1及化合物
2而言,肝中之活性TP之濃度比心臟高,但當與化合物
1相比給藥化合物
2時,活性TP對肝比心臟更具選擇性。
實例 20 . 大鼠及猴中之化合物 2 代謝物之血漿曲線向雄性Sprague-Dawley大鼠及食蟹猴(3個動物/劑量組)給予單次口服劑量之化合物
2。藉由LC-MS/MS分析由用二氯松處理之血液樣本製備之血漿等分試樣之化合物
1及代謝物
1 - 7(展示於流程1中之化合物
2之活性三磷酸酯之核苷代謝物)之濃度,且使用WinNonlin測定藥物代謝動力學參數。在大鼠中之單次500 mg/kg劑量之結果展示於圖17中,且在猴中之單次30 mg/kg、100 mg/kg或300 mg/kg劑量之結果展示於圖18中。結果為概述於表30中。
較高血漿水準之代謝物
1 - 7(化合物
2之活性三磷酸酯(TP)之核苷代謝物)指示,形成較高水準之TP,甚至在觀測到極低血漿水準之母體核苷酸前藥之大鼠中,此係由於化合物
1在大鼠血液中之較短半衰期(<2 min)。持久性血漿水準之代謝物
1 - 7反映TP之較長半衰期。
在猴中,化合物
1之血漿暴露(AUC)大致與劑量成比例,而代謝物
1 - 7暴露略微與劑量較不成比例,但兩種母體藥物及活性TP之核苷代謝物之AUC值繼續增加高達最高測試劑量(300 mg/kg)。
在大鼠及猴中經口投與化合物
2產生較高及劑量依賴性血漿暴露與代謝物
1 - 7(化合物
2之胞內活性三磷酸酯之核苷代謝物);代謝物
1 - 7暴露繼續增加高達最高測試劑量,從而反映活性TP在此等物種中之實質上形成。
表 30 . 在單次口服劑量之化合物 2 後化合物 1 及 1 - 7 之血漿水準
物種 大鼠
a 猴
b
劑量(mg/kg) 500 30 100 300
化合物1 C
max(ng/mL)
60.8
63.5
783
501
T
max(hr)
0.25
0.5-2
1-2
204
AUC
0-last(hr*ng/mL)
78.2
176
1100
1600
代謝物1-7 C
max(ng/mL)
541
42.5
131
93.6
AUC
0-last(hr*ng/mL)
9640
1620
3030
3660
T
max(hr)
6-8
12-24
4
4-24
T
1/2(hr)
15.3
11.5
15.0
18.8
劑量配方:
a0.5% CMC,含0.5%吐溫80之水;
b含粉末之膠囊
實例 21 . 化合物 1 及化合物 2 之活性三磷酸酯對粒線體完整性之影響將藉由人類粒線體RNA聚合酶之併入化合物
1及化合物
2之活性三磷酸酯(TP) (代謝物
1 - 6(流程1))之相對功效與索非布韋之活性TP及INX-189之活性TP的相對功效相比。化合物
1及化合物
2不大可能影響粒線體完整性,此係由於其藉由人類粒線體RNA聚合酶之不佳地併入活性三磷酸酯,其功效類似於索非布韋之三磷酸酯;併入INX-189之三磷酸酯之相對功效高達55倍高。結果展示於表31中。根據Arnold等人(Sensitivity of Mitochondrial Transcription and Resistance of RNA Polymerase II Dependent Nuclear Transcription to Antiviral Ribonucleotides.
PLoS Pathog ., 2012,
8, e1003030)測定藉由人類粒線體RNA依賴性RNA聚合酶(POLRMT)將此等類似物之併入。
表 31 . 用 人類粒線體 RNA 聚合酶 評價之核苷酸類似物之動力學參數 核苷酸類似物 K
pol(s
-1)
K
d,app(μM)
K
pol/Kd,app(μM
-1s
-1)
相對功效 *
2 '- 去氧 -2 '-F -2 '-C - 甲基 UTP ( 索非布韋之活性 TP ) 0.00034
+0.00005
590
+250
5.8 x 10
-7 +2.6 x 10
-7 1.0 x10
-6
2 '-C - 甲基GTP (INX -189 之活性TP ) 0.051
+0.002
240
+26
2.1 x 10
-4 +0.2 x 10
-4 5.5 x10
-5
化合物1 及化合物2 之活性TP ( 代謝物1 -6 ) 0.0017
+0.0002
204
+94
8.3 x 10
-6 +4.0 x 10
-6 2.2 x10
-6
*相對功效 = (K
pol/K
d ,app)核苷酸類似物/(K
pol/K
d ,app)天然核苷酸
實例 22 . 化合物 1 針對含有 NS5B 序列之複製子之活性含有來自衍生於6株實驗室參考菌株(GT1a、GT1b、GT2a、GT3a、GT4a及GT5a) (圖19)及衍生於8個HCV患者血漿樣本(GT1a、GT1b、GT2a、GT2b、GT3a-1、GT3a-2、GT4a及GT4d) (圖20)之各種HCV基因型之NS5B序列之一組複製子用於測定化合物
1及索非布韋之濃度。
針對HCV之臨床及實驗室菌株,化合物
1比索非布韋更強效。針對野生型臨床分離株,化合物
1在活體外展示強效泛基因型抗病毒活性,其中EC
95< 80 nM,此比索非布韋強效4倍至14倍。如圖20中所展示,針對所有經測試HCV基因型之臨床分離株,化合物
1之EC
95值比索非布韋低7至33倍。針對HCV基因型1-5之實驗室菌株,化合物
1之EC
50值比索非布韋低6至11倍(圖19)。
實例 23 . 健康志願者 ( 部分 A ) 及 GT1 - HCV 感染患者 ( 部分 B ) 中之 化合物 2 之單次遞增劑量 ( SAD ) 研究以單次遞增劑量(SAD)研究測試化合物
2以量測其在健康個體(部分A)中之安全性、耐受性及藥物動力學。部分A為一種隨機化、雙盲、安慰劑對照SAD研究。部分A中之健康個體以禁食狀態接受單次劑量之化合物
2或安慰劑。自前1天至第6天,將個體限制在診所。
各群體錯開給藥,使得在群體之其餘部分給藥之前評價在給藥48小時後之2個個體(1活性:1安慰劑)。各群體以遞增次序接受化合物
2。根據先前群體之可獲得的安全性資料(經由第5天)及血漿藥物動力學資料(經由24 h)之檢查進行依序群體之給藥。
在對此等資料進行令人滿意的檢查之後,進行劑量遞增。隨著自先前群體出現之藥物動力學及安全性資料,以不大於100 mg之增量調整群體3a至4a中評價之劑量。部分A中評價之總最大劑量不超過800 mg。部分A之給藥方案展示於表32中。
表 32 . 部分 A 投與化合物 2 研究之給藥方案 群體 群 N ( 活性 : 安慰劑) 化合物2 ( 化合物1 ) *
1a
健康
6:2
50 (45) mg × 1天
2a
健康
6:2
100 (90) mg × 1天
3a
健康
6:2
200 (180) mg × 1天
4a
健康
6:2
400 (360) mg × 1天
*關於化合物
2之臨床劑量以括號中之近似化合物1基礎當量表示
研究之部分A部分中之健康志願者為在18歲與65歲之間的男性及女性個體。將活性及安慰劑接受者彙集在各部分A群體內,以保持研究盲目。
亦以單次遞增劑量(SAD)研究測試化合物
2,以量測其在GT1-HCV感染患者(部分B)中之安全性、耐受性、藥物動力學及抗病毒活性。部分B中之個體以禁食狀態接受單次劑量之化合物
2。自前1天至第6天,將患者限制在診所。
在自部分A中之群體3a檢查安全性(經由第5天)及血漿藥物動力學(經由24 h)資料之後開始部分B。在參與後續部分B群體之前,檢查部分B中之第一群體(群體1b)之可獲得的安全性資料(經由第5天)及藥物動力學資料(經由24 h)。僅在檢查自部分A之各別劑量之可獲得的安全性及藥物動力學資料以及自先前部分B群體之可獲得的安全性(經由第5天)之後對後續部分B群體給藥。
在對此等資料進行令人滿意的檢查之後,在HCV感染患者中進行高達600 mg之劑量遞增。部分B之給藥方案展示於表33中。
表 33 . 部分 B 中之化合物 2 研究之給藥方案 群體 群 N ( 活性) 化合物2 ( 化合物1 ) *
1b
GT1 HCV感染
3
100 (90) mg × 1天
2b
GT1 HCV感染
3
300 (270) mg × 1天
3b
GT1 HCV感染
3
400 (360) mg × 1天
4b
GT1 HCV感染
3
600 (540) mg × 1天
*關於化合物
2之臨床劑量以括號中之近似化合物1基礎當量表示。
感染有HCV之患者為具有≥ 5 log
10IU/mL之病毒負荷之未治療、無肝硬化GT1感染個體。
未記錄到嚴重不良跡象,且部分A或部分B中均無需提前中斷。所有不良作用在強度上均為輕微至中等的,且無劑量相關模式,包括實驗室參數、生命徵象,並且ECG為顯而易見的。
實例 24 . 化合物 2 之單次遞增劑量 ( SAD ) 研究的結果單次劑量之化合物
2後量測化合物
1及核苷代謝物
1 - 7之藥物動力學。600 mg劑量之化合物
2後HCV感染患者中之代謝物
1 - 7之C
24最低血漿濃度(C
24h)為25.8 ng/mL,其為300 mg劑量之化合物
2後的血漿濃度劑量多於兩倍。代謝物
1 - 7(展示於流程1中)可僅經由去磷酸化胞內磷酸酯代謝物
1 - 4、代謝物
1 - 5及代謝物
1 - 6產生,其為活性物種。因此,代謝物
1 - 7可被視為活性物種之替代。所有群體之藥物動力學資料展示於表34及表35中。除T
max值(其報告為中位值(範圍))外,各值均報告為平均值 ± SD。藥物動力學參數在健康及HCV感染患者中類似。
表 34 . 在健康志願者中投與單次劑量化合物 2 之後化合物 1 及代謝物 1 - 7 之人類藥物動力學
劑量 (mg) C
max (ng/mL) T
max (h)
AUC
tot (ng*h/mL) T
1/2 (h)
C
24h (ng/mL)
部分 A ,健康個體
化合物1 50
46.4 ±17.6
0.5 (0.5-0.5)
36.4 ± 12.3
0.32 ± 0.02
--
100
156 ± 96.3
0.5 (0.5-1.0)
167 ± 110
0.53 ± 0.24
--
200
818 ± 443
0.5 (0.5-3.0)
656 ± 255
0.71 ± 0.16
--
400
1194 ± 401
0.5 (0.5-1.0)
1108 ± 326
0.86 ± 0.15
--
代謝物1-7 50
27.9 ± 5.62
3.5 (3.0-4.0)
285 ± 69.4
7.07 ± 4.59
2.28 ± 0.95
100
56.6 ± 14.0
4.0 (3.0-6.0)
663 ± 242
17.7 ± 14.7
4.45 ± 1.87
200
111 ± 38.8
5.0 (3.0-6.0)
1524 ± 497
15.9 ± 7.95
13.7 ± 5.09
400
153 ± 49.4
6.0 (4.0-8.0)
2342 ± 598
15.6 ± 6.37
23.5 ± 6.31
*基於24-hr曲線。
表 35 . 在 GT1 HCV 感染患者中投與化合物 2 之後化合物 1 及代謝物 1 - 7 之人類藥物動力學
劑量 (mg) C
max (ng/mL) T
max (h)
AUC
tot (ng*h/mL) T
1/2 (h)
C
24h (ng/mL)
化合物1 100
212 ± 32.0
0.5 (0.5-1.0)
179 ± 54.4
0.54 ± 0.12
--
300
871 ± 590
0.5 (0.5-1.0)
818 ± 475
0.64 ± 0.20
--
300
2277 ± 893
0.5 (0.5-1.0)
1856 ± 1025
0.84 ± 0.18
--
400
2675 ± 2114
1.0 (1.0-2.0)
2408 ± 1013
0.86 ± 0.18
--
600
3543 ± 1649
1.0 (0.5-1.0)
4132 ± 1127
0.70 ± 0.13
--
代謝物1-7 100
50.2 ± 15.4
6.0 (4.0-6.0)
538 ± 103*
8.4 ± 4.3*
3.60 ± 0.40
300
96.9 ± 38.9
6.0 (3.0-6.0)
1131 ± 273*
8.1 ± 2.4*
10.9 ± 3.51
300
123 ± 16.6
4.0 (3.0-6.0)
1420 ± 221
--
18.0 ± 8.83
400
160 ± 36.7
4.0 (4.0-4.0)
2132 ± 120
11.6 ± 1.21
22.5 ± 3.29
600
198 ± 19.3
4.0 (4.0-6.0)
2176 ± 116
--
25.8 ± 4.08
*基於24-hr曲線。
亦計算研究之部分A及部分B之所有群體之化合物
1及代謝物
1 - 7的平均血漿濃度-時間曲線。圖21為在單次劑量之化合物
2後化合物
1之平均血漿濃度,且圖22為在單次劑量之化合物
2後代謝物
1 - 7之平均血漿濃度。如圖21中所展示,化合物
1在來自部分B之所有群體中被快速吸收及快速/充分代謝。如圖22中所展示,代謝物
1 - 7為主要代謝物,且呈現穩定血漿濃度。化合物
1之血漿暴露為劑量相關的,而代謝物
1 - 7之暴露為與劑量成比例的。
對於部分B之HCV感染個體而言,在投與化合物
2之前、期間及之後進行HCV RNA定量之量測。經由使用經驗證之商業分析進行血漿HCV RNA測定。基線定義為前1天及第1天(Day-1/Day 1) (給藥前)之平均值。單次300 mg劑量之化合物
2(等效於270 mg化合物
1)在GT1b-HCV感染個體中產生顯著抗病毒活性。在單次300 mg劑量後之給藥後24小時之平均最大HCV RNA減少為1.7 log
10IU/mL,且將此與GT1a HCV感染個體中400 mg之索非布韋單藥療法1天後之2 log10 IU/mL減少進行比較。在單次100 mg劑量後給藥後24小時之平均最大HCV RNA減少為0.8 log
10IU/mL。在單次400 mg劑量後平均最大HCV RNA減少為2.2 log
10IU/mL。來自研究之部分B之個別個體的個別藥物動力學/藥效動力學分析展示於圖23A至圖23F中。繪製代謝物
1 - 7濃度針對HCV RNA減少濃度,且如圖23A至圖23F中所展示,血漿HCV RNA減少與血漿代謝物
1 - 7暴露相關。病毒反應以大於針對GT1b之EC
95值之代謝物
1 - 7血漿濃度維持。血漿濃度與HCV RNA減少水準之間的相關性指示,用較高劑量之化合物
2應可達成更深入的反應。
實例 25 . 針對 HCV GT 1 - 4 之臨床分離株之超過化合物 1 EC
95 值的代謝物 1 - 7 之經預測穩態最低水準如圖24中所展示,預測在人類中給藥化合物
2(600 mg QD (550 mg游離鹼當量)及450 mg QD (400 mg游離鹼當量))之後代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低血漿水準(C
24 , ss)且與活體外所有經測試臨床分離株中之化合物
1之EC
95相比較以測定穩態血漿濃度是否始終高於EC
95,其將活體內產生針對任何或所有經測試臨床分離株的較高功效。化合物
1之EC
95與化合物
2之EC
95相同。對於有效的化合物
2,代謝物
1 - 7之穩態最低血漿水準應超過EC
95。
如圖24中所展示,針對所有經測試臨床分離株之化合物
2之EC
95範圍介於大約18至24 nM。
如圖24中所展示,在人類中呈450 mg QD (400 mg游離鹼當量)之劑量的化合物
2提供大約40 ng/mL之經預測穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)。在人類中呈600 mg QD (550 mg游離鹼當量)之劑量的化合物
2提供大約50 ng/mL之經預測穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)。
因此,替代代謝物
1 - 7之經預測穩態血漿濃度為針對所有經測試臨床分離株(甚至難以處理之GT3a)之EC
95的幾乎兩倍,其指示優良效能。
相反,核苷酸索非布韋之標準物之EC
95在所有經測試HCV臨床分離株中範圍介於50至265 nM,其中僅兩個分離株GT2a及GT2b之EC
95在400 mg之商業劑量下小於經預測穩態濃度。對於其他臨床分離株GT1a、GT1b、GT3a、GT4a及GT4d,400 mg索非布韋之商業劑量之EC
95大於經預測穩態濃度。
使用300 mg穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)預測化合物
2450 mg穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)。300 mg下之平均穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)為26.4 ng/mL,且因此計算值為26.4×450/300=39.6 ng/mL。
使用以下三個方法預測600 mg穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss):1) 600 mg第1天C
24平均值為25.8 ng/mL且針對到達穩態假設60%增加。因此,計算值為25.8×1.6=41.3 ng/mL;2) 400 mg第1天C
24平均值為22.5 ng/mL且針對到達穩態假設60%增加。考慮劑量成比例PK,計算值為22.5×1.6×600/400=54 ng/mL;及3) 300 mg穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)為26.4 ng/mL且假設成比例PK。因此計算值為26.4×2=52.8 ng/mL。600 mg穩態最低血漿濃度(C
24 , ss)為3個資料點之平均值( (41.3+54+52.8)/3=49.3 ng/mL)。與單次劑量後之C
24相比,在呈穩態之C
24中存在通常約60%增加。
比較圖24中之功效及藥物動力學穩態參數之資料明顯地顯示用於治療C型肝炎之化合物
2之出人意料之治療重要性。實際上,投與化合物
2之後之經預測穩態血漿水準經預測比所有經測試基因型之EC
95高至少2倍,且比GT2強效3至5倍。此資料指示,化合物
2在人類中具有強效泛基因型抗病毒活性。如圖24中所展示,GT1、GT3及GT4處之索非布韋之EC
95大於100 ng/mL。因此,出人意料地,化合物
2在遞送比藉由類似索非布韋劑型達成之穩態最低濃度(大約100 ng/mL)更低的穩態最低濃度(40-50 ng/mL)的劑型下對HCV為活性的。
實例 26 . 化合物 2 之調配描述及製造化合物
2錠劑(50 mg及100 mg)之代表性非限制性批式呈現於表36中。錠劑由使用直接壓錠方法共同摻合產生,如圖25中所展示。基於現狀分析調整活性醫藥成分(API),其中在微晶纖維素之百分比中作出調整。篩選API及賦形劑(微晶纖維素、單水合乳糖及交聯羧甲纖維素鈉),將其置放於V摻合器(PK Blendmaster,0.5 L槽)中且以25 rpm混合5分鐘。接著篩選、添加硬脂酸鎂且混合摻合物額外2分鐘。分配共同摻合物以用於產生50 mg及100 mg錠劑。接著使用單次穿孔研究製錠機(Korsch XP1)及重力粉末饋料器以10錠劑/分鐘之速度壓縮潤滑摻合物。使用圓形標準凹面6 mm工具及3.5 kN力產生50 mg錠劑。使用8 mm圓形標準凹面工具及3.9-4.2 kN力產生100 mg錠劑。
表 36 . 50 mg 及 100 mg 化合物 2 錠劑之調配 原料 % w/w g/批
Mg/ 單元
50 mg 錠劑 100 mg 錠劑
化合物
2 50.0
180.0
50.0
100.0
微晶纖維素,USP/NF,EP
20.0
72.0
20.0
40.0
單水合乳糖,
USP/NF,BP,EP,JP
24.0
86.4
24.0
48.0
交聯羧甲纖維素鈉,
USP/NF,EP
5.0
18.0
5.0
10.0
硬脂酸鎂,
USP/NF,BP,EP,JP
1.0
3.6
1.0
2.0
總量 100.0
200.0
基於現狀分析調整化合物
2,其中在微晶纖維素之百分比中作出調整。篩選化合物
2及賦形劑(微晶纖維素、單水合乳糖及交聯羧甲纖維素鈉),將其置放於V摻合器(PK Blendmaster,0.5 L槽)中且以25 rpm混合5分鐘。接著篩選、添加硬脂酸鎂且混合摻合物額外2分鐘。分配共同摻合物以用於產生50 mg及100 mg錠劑。接著使用單次穿孔研究製錠機(Korsch XP1)及重力粉末饋料器以10錠劑/分鐘之速度壓縮潤滑摻合物。使用圓形標準凹面6 mm工具及3.5 kN力產生50 mg錠劑。使用8 mm圓形標準凹面工具及3.9-4.2 kN力產生100 mg錠劑。50 mg及100 mg錠劑之規格展示於表37中。
表 37 . 化合物 2 之 50 mg 及 100 mg 錠劑之規格
50 mg 錠劑 100 mg 錠劑
平均重量(n=10)
100 ± 5 mg
200 ± 10 mg
個別重量
100 ± 10 mg
200 ± 20 mg
硬度
5.3 kp
8.3 kp
分裂
< 15分鐘
< 15分鐘
脆度
NMT 0.5%
NMT 0.5%
如上文所描述產生之50 mg及100 mg錠劑在以下三個條件下經受6個月穩定性研究:5℃ (製冷)、25℃/60% RH (環境)及40℃/75% RH (經加速)。50 mg及100 mg錠劑二者在所有經測試三個條件下均為化學穩定的。
在製冷條件(5℃)下,50 mg及100 mg錠劑二者均保持自T=0個月至T=6個月形態上不改變的白色固體。在整個6個月研究中,對於50 mg錠劑或100 mg錠劑未報告大於0.05%之雜質。6個月之後的含水量對於兩種錠劑亦小於3.0% w/w。當錠劑經受環境條件(25℃/60% RH)時報告類似結果,在整個6個月中對於兩種錠劑未報告大於0.05%之雜質且在6個月標記處含水量不超過3.0% w/w。當錠劑經受加速條件(40℃/75% RH)時,50 mg及100 mg錠劑之形態不自白色圓形錠劑改變。3個月之後報告一種雜質,但雜質僅為0.09%。6個月之後報告第二種雜質,但對於50 mg及100 mg錠劑二者總雜質百分比僅為0.21%。含水量在6個月時對於50 mg錠劑為3.4% w/w且對於100 mg錠劑為3.2% w/w。
在獨立研究中,量測環境條件(25℃/60% RH)處之化合物
2之50 mg及100 mg錠劑在9個月內之穩定性。50 mg及100 mg錠劑之形態在9個月之時程內不自白色圓形錠劑改變。50 mg錠劑中之雜質在9個月之後小於0.10%且100 mg錠劑中之雜質小於0.05%。50 mg錠劑及100 mg錠劑之含水量在9個月之後分別為僅2.7% w/w及2.6% w/w。
本說明書已參考本發明之實施例描述。然而,一般熟習此項技術者瞭解,可在不脫離下文申請專利範圍中所闡述之本發明範疇的情況下進行各種修改及變化。因此,本說明書應以說明性而非限制性意義來看待,且所有此類修改意欲包括在本發明範疇內。
The invention disclosed herein is a compound, method, composition and solid dosage form for treating humans and other host animals infected or exposed to HCV virus, which comprises administering an effective amount of ((
S)-(((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9
H-purine-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoyl)-
L-Alanine isopropyl hemisulfate (compound
2), which is optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one embodiment, the compound
2is an amorphous solid. In another embodiment, the compound
2It is a crystalline solid.
The compounds, compositions and dosage forms may also be used to treat conditions associated with or resulting from exposure to the HCV virus. For example, the active compounds may be used to treat HCV antibody-positive and HCV antigen-positive conditions, viral-based chronic hepatitis, liver cancer (e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma) caused by advanced hepatitis C, cirrhosis, acute hepatitis C, fulminant hepatitis C, chronic persistent hepatitis C, and anti-HCV-based fatigue.
The active compounds and compositions may also be used to treat a range of HCV genotypes. At least six different genotypes of HCV have been identified worldwide, each of which has multiple subtypes. Genotypes 1-3 are prevalent worldwide, while genotypes 4, 5, and 6 are more geographically restricted. Genotype 4 is common in the Middle East and Africa. Genotype 5 is mostly found in South Africa. Genotype 6 is found primarily in Southeast Asia. Although the most common genotype in the United States is genotype 1, defining the genotype and subtype can help with the type and duration of treatment. For example, different genotypes respond differently to different drugs, and the optimal duration of treatment varies depending on the genotype infected. Within a genotype, subtypes (such as genotype 1a and genotype 1b) also respond differently to treatment. Infection with one type of genotype does not preclude a later infection with a different genotype.
As described in Example 22, compound
2Active against a range of HCV genotypes (including genotypes 1-5). In one embodiment, the compound
2Used to treat HCV genotype 1, HCV genotype 2, HCV genotype 3, HCV genotype 4, HCV genotype 5 or HVC genotype 6. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 1a. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 1b. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 2a. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 2b. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 3a. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 4a. In one embodiment, the compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 4d.
In one embodiment, the compound
1or compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 5a. In one embodiment, the compound
1or compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 6a. In one embodiment, the compound
1or compound
2For the treatment of HCV genotype 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6h, 6i, 6j, 6k, 6l, 6m, 6n, 6o, 6p, 6q, 6r, 6s, 6t or 6u.
As discussed in Example 25 and shown in Figure 24, a dose of 450 mg (400 mg free base) and a dose of 600 mg (550 mg free base) of the compound
2Descendants of the past1 - 7The predicted minimum steady-state concentration (C
twenty four , ss) is about 40 ng/mL to 50 ng/mL. This C
twenty four , ssLevels exceeded those of compounds in HCV genotypes 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 3a, 4a, and 4d
1EC
95. This data confirms that the compound
2Possesses potent pan-genotypic activity. This is surprising because the compound
2After administration of an equivalent dose of sofosbuvir, the minimum steady-state concentration of nucleoside metabolites (Ctwenty four , ss) Smaller stable minimum concentration (C
twenty four , ss). The minimum stable concentration of the corresponding nucleoside metabolite of sofosbuvir (C
twenty four , ss) is about 100 ng/mL, but this level just exceeds the EC of sofosbuvir for the GT2 clinical isolate
95(Figure 24). Compounds
2A dosage form that is more potent than sofosbuvir against GT1, GT2, GT3, and GT4, and therefore allows for delivery of a smaller steady-state minimum concentration of its metabolite that is still effective against all tested genotypes of HCV. In one embodiment, delivery achieves metabolites between approximately 15-75 ng/mL
1 - 7Steady-state minimum concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between approximately 20-60 ng/mL, 20-50 ng/mL, or 20-40 ng/mL.1 - 7Steady-state minimum concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the compound, formulation, or solid dosage form comprising the compound may also be used prophylactically to prevent or delay the development of clinical symptoms in individuals who are HCV antibody or HCV antigen positive or have been exposed to hepatitis C. In particular, it has been found that compared to its free base (compound
1), compound
2It is active against HCV and exhibits excellent drug-like and pharmacological properties. Unexpectedly, the compound
2is more bioavailable and effective than compounds
1Higher AUC (Example 19), and compound
2Compounds
1More selective for target organs (Example 19).
In terms of solubility and chemical stability, the compound
2Also better than compounds
1. This is unexpected because ((
S)-(((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9
H-purine-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoyl)-
L-Alanine isopropyl ester (compound
3) is unstable and presents a viscous gel-like form, while the compound
2(Hemisulfate salt) is a stable white solid. The hemisulfate salt (both as solid and in solid dosage form) is extremely stable and non-hygroscopic over 9 months.
Despite the large literature and patent applications for antiviral nucleosides, no specific compounds have yet been revealed
2.
Compounds
2It has S stereochemistry at the phosphorus atom, which has been confirmed by X-ray crystallography (Figure 3, Example 2). In an alternative embodiment, the compound
2The phosphorus R and S enantiomers may be used in any desired ratio (including to the extent of enantiomer purity). In some embodiments, the compound
2Used in a form that is at least 90% free of the opposite enantiomer and may be at least 98%, 99% or even 100% free of the opposite enantiomer. Unless otherwise stated, enantiomerically enriched compounds
2At least 90% free of the opposite enantiomer. In addition, in an alternative embodiment, the amino acid of the aminophosphoric acid ester may be in the D-configuration or the L-configuration or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture.
Unless otherwise specified, the compounds described herein are provided in the β-D-configuration. In an alternative embodiment, the compound may be provided in the β-L-configuration. Similarly, any substituent that exhibits chirality may be provided in racemic, enantiomeric, diastereomeric form or any mixture thereof. When the aminophosphoric acid ester exhibits chirality, it may be provided as an R or S chiral phosphorus derivative or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture. All such combinations of stereo configurations are alternative embodiments of the invention described herein. In another embodiment, the compound
2At least one of the hydrogen atoms in (nucleotide or hemisulfate) may be replaced by deuterium.
Such substitution configurations include (but are not limited to),
I. (( S )-((( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - Amine - 6 -( Methylamino )- 9 H - Purine - 9 - base )- 4 - fluorine - 3 - Hydroxyl - 4 - Methyltetrahydrofuran - 2 - base ) Methoxy )( Phenoxy ) Phosphate )- L - Alanine isopropyl hemisulfate ( Compound 2 )The active compound of the present invention is a compound
2, which can be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition or solid dosage form. In one embodiment, the compound
2is an amorphous solid. In yet another embodiment, the compound
2It is a crystalline solid.
Compound 2 SynthesisThe present invention further includes a non-limiting illustrative method for preparing compound 2, comprising: (i) in a flask or container, placing compound1The first step is to dissolve in an organic solvent, such as acetone, ethyl acetate, methanol, acetonitrile or ether;
(ii) A second organic solvent is added into a second flask or container, which may be the same or different from the organic solvent in step (i), and the second solvent is cooled to 0-10°C as appropriate, and H is added dropwise to the second organic solvent.2SO
4, producing H
2SO
4/ organic solvent mixture; wherein the solvent may be methanol, for example;
(iii) at ambient temperature or a slightly increased or decreased temperature (e.g. 23-35°C), to the compound of step (i)
1Add H from step (ii) dropwise to the solution at a molar ratio of 0.5/1.0.2SO
4/solvent mixture;
(iv) stirring the reactants of step (iii) at, for example, ambient temperature or at a slightly increased or decreased temperature until a compound is formed
2
(v) optionally filtering the precipitate obtained from step (iv) and washing with an organic solvent; and
(vi) optionally drying the obtained compound under vacuum at a higher temperature, such as 55, 56, 57, 58, 59 or 60°C
2.
In certain embodiments, the above step (i) is carried out in acetone. In addition, the second organic solvent in step (ii) may be, for example, methanol, and the mixture of organic solvents in step (v) is methanol/acetone.
In one embodiment, in step (i), the compound
1Dissolved in ethyl acetate. In one embodiment, in step (i), the compound
1Dissolved in tetrahydrofuran. In one embodiment, in step (i), the compound
1Dissolved in acetonitrile. In one embodiment, in step (i), the compound
1Dissolved in dimethylformamide.
In one embodiment, the second organic solvent in step (ii) is ethanol. In one embodiment, the second organic solvent in step (ii) is isopropanol. In one embodiment, the second organic solvent in step (ii) is n-butanol.
In one embodiment, a mixture of solvents is used for washing in step (v), such as ethanol/acetone. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is isopropanol/acetone. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is n-butanol/acetone. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is ethanol/ethyl acetate. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is isopropanol/ethyl acetate. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is n-butanol/ethyl acetate. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is ethanol/tetrahydrofuran. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is isopropanol/tetrahydrofuran. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is n-butanol/tetrahydrofuran. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is ethanol/acetonitrile. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is isopropanol/acetonitrile. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is n-butanol/acetonitrile. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is ethanol/dimethylformamide. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is isopropanol/dimethylformamide. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents used for washing in step (v) is n-butanol/dimethylformamide.
II. (( S )-((( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - Amine - 6 -( Methylamino )- 9 H - Purine - 9 - base )- 4 - fluorine - 3 - Hydroxyl - 4 - Methyltetrahydrofuran - 2 - base ) Methoxy )( Phenoxy ) Phosphate )- L - Isopropyl alanine ( Compound 2 ) MetabolismCompounds
1and compounds
2Metabolism involves the generation of 5'-monophosphate and subsequent N
6-Methyl-2,6-diaminopurine (
1 - 3) is assimilated to produce dihydrogen phosphate ((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-9H-purine-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ester (
1 - 4). The monophosphate is then further assimilated into the active triphosphate species, 5'-triphosphate (
1 - 6). The 5'-triphosphate can be further metabolized to produce 2-amino-9-((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-3-fluoro-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1,9-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one (
1 - 7). Alternatively, the 5'-monophosphate 1-2 can be metabolized to produce the purine base
1 - 8. ((
S)-(((
2R,
3R,
4R,
5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9
H-purine-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoyl)-
LThe metabolic pathway of isopropyl-alanine is illustrated in Scheme 1 (shown above).
III. Compound 1 Additional saltIn an alternative embodiment, the present invention provides an oxalate salt (compound
4) or in the form of HCl salt (compound
5) compounds
1.
Both the 1:1 oxalate salt and the 1:1 HCl salt form solids with reasonable properties for a solid dosage form for use in treating a host, such as a human with hepatitis C. However, less oxalate salt may be required, and it may not be appropriate if the patient is susceptible to kidney stones. The HCl salt is more hygroscopic than the hemisulfate salt. Therefore, the hemisulfate salt remains the most desirable salt form of Compound 1 with unexpected properties.
IV. DefinitionAs used in the context of the present invention, the term "D-configuration" refers to a configuration in principle that mimics the natural configuration of the sugar moiety as opposed to the non-naturally occurring nucleoside or "L" configuration. The term "β" or "β rotamer" is used with reference to nucleoside analogs in which the nucleoside base is configured (placed) on the plane of the furanose moiety in the nucleoside analog.
The term "coadminister" or combination therapy is used to describe the administration of a compound according to the present invention in combination with at least one other active agent, such as, if appropriate, at least one additional anti-HCV agent
2. The timing of co-administration is best determined by the medical professional treating the patient. Sometimes it is better to administer the various agents simultaneously. Alternatively, the drugs selected for combination therapy can be administered to the patient at different times. Of course, when more than one viral or other infection or other condition is present, the compounds of the invention can be combined with other agents as needed to treat the other infection or condition.
As used herein, the term "host" refers to a single-cell or multicellular organism in which the HCV virus can replicate, including cell strains and animals, and generally humans. The term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells and animals transfected with all or part of the HCV genome, specifically primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications of the invention, the host is a human patient. However, in certain indications, the invention clearly contemplates applications in veterinary medicine (such as chimpanzees). The host may be, for example, a cow, horse, bird, dog, cat, etc.
Isotope substitutionThe present invention includes compounds and compounds having isotopic substitutions of desired atoms
2, the amount of the isotope substituted is above the natural abundance of the isotope, i.e., enriched. Isotopes are atoms with the same atomic number but different mass numbers (i.e., the same number of protons but different numbers of neutrons). By way of general example and not limitation, hydrogen isotopes, such as deuterium (
2H) and tritium (
3H). Alternatively or additionally, carbon isotopes may be used, such as
13C and
14C. Preferred isotopic substitutions are substitutions of deuterium for hydrogen at one or more positions on the molecule to improve the potency of the drug. Deuterium can be incorporated at positions that cleave bonds during metabolism (α-deuterium kinetic isotope effect) or that are proximal to or near the bond cleavage site (β-deuterium kinetic isotope effect). Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278 and WO/2014/169280) describe deuteration of nucleotides to improve their pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic properties, including at the 5-position of the molecule.
Substitution with isotopes such as deuterium may provide certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. The substitution of deuterium for hydrogen at a metabolic decomposition site can reduce the rate of metabolism at that bond or eliminate metabolism at that bond. At any position in a compound where a hydrogen atom may exist, the hydrogen atom may be any isotope of hydrogen, including protium (
1H), deuterium (
2H) and tritium (
3H). Therefore, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, references to compounds herein encompass all possible isotopic forms.
The term "isotopically labeled" analogs refers to "deuterated analogs", "13C-labeled analogues" or "deuterated/
13C-labeled analogs". The term "deuterated analogs" means compounds described herein in which the H-isotope (i.e., hydrogen/protium (
1H)) through the H-isotope (that is, deuterium (
2H)) substitution. Deuterium substitution can be partial or complete. Partial deuterium substitution means that at least one hydrogen is replaced by at least one deuterium. In certain embodiments, the isotope is enriched by 90%, 95%, or 99% or more for any isotope at any position of interest. In some embodiments, the 90%, 95%, or 99% enrichment at the desired position is deuterium. Unless otherwise indicated, the deuteration is at least 80% at the selected position. Deuteration of the nucleoside can occur at any replaceable hydrogen that provides the desired result.
V. Treatment or prevention methodsAs used herein, treatment refers to administering a compound to a host (e.g., a human who may become infected with the HCV virus).2.
The term "prophylactic" or "preventive" when used refers to the administration of a compound
2To prevent the occurrence of the viral disease or reduce the possibility of the occurrence of the viral disease. The present invention includes both therapeutic and prophylactic or preventive treatments. In one embodiment, the compound is administered to a host that has been exposed to hepatitis C virus infection and is therefore at risk of contracting hepatitis C virus infection.2.
The present invention relates to a method for treating or preventing: Hepatitis C virus, including drug-resistant and multi-drug-resistant forms of HCV and related disease states, conditions; or complications of HCV infection, including cirrhosis and related liver poisoning; and other conditions secondary to HCV infection, such as weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, breast enlargement (especially in men), rash (especially on the palms), blood clotting problems, spider veins on the skin, confusion, coma (encephalopathy), accumulation of fluid in the abdominal cavity (ascites), esophageal varices, portal hypertension, renal failure, enlarged spleen, low blood cells, anemia, thrombocytopenia, jaundice and hepatocellular carcinoma, and other diseases. The method comprises administering an effective amount of a compound as described herein to a host (usually a human) in need thereof.2, which is optionally combined with at least one additional biologically active agent (e.g., an additional anti-HCV agent), and in addition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive and/or formulation.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is a method for preventing or controlling: HCV infection or disease condition or related or subsequent disease condition, HCV infection condition or complication, including cirrhosis and related liver poisoning, weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, breast enlargement (especially in men), rash (especially on the palms), blood clotting problems, spider veins on the skin, confusion, coma (encephalopathy ), accumulation of fluid in the abdominal cavity (ascites), esophageal varices, portal hypertension, renal failure, splenomegaly, low blood counts, anemia, thrombocytopenia, jaundice and hepatocellular (liver) cancer, as well as other diseases, the method comprising administering to a patient at risk an effective amount of a compound as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive or excipient (optionally in combination with another anti-HCV agent)
2. In another embodiment, the active compound of the present invention may be administered to a patient after transplantation of a hepatitis-related liver to protect the new organ.
In an alternative embodiment, the compound
2Provided as compounds
1Hemisulfate salts of aminophosphoesters other than the specific aminophosphoesters described in the compound description. A wide range of aminophosphoesters are known to those skilled in the art and include various esters and phosphates, in any combination, that can be used to provide the active compound as described herein in the form of a hemisulfate salt.
VI. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage formsIn one embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention comprises an anti-HCV virus effective amount of the compound as described herein
2, which is optionally combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive or excipient, and optionally combined or alternating with at least one other active compound. In one embodiment, the present invention includes a compound in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier
2Solid dosage form.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention comprises an anti-HCV effective amount of the compound described herein
2, which is combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive or excipient as appropriate, and is also combined with at least one other antiviral agent (such as an anti-HCV agent) as appropriate.
The present invention includes a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of the present invention for treating hepatitis C virus infection in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient
2Or prodrug. In an alternative embodiment, the present invention includes a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of the compound of the present invention for preventing hepatitis C virus infection in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or formulation
2or prodrugs.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that the therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the infection or condition to be treated, its severity, the treatment regimen to be adopted, the pharmacokinetics of the agent used, and the patient or individual (animal or human) to be treated, and such therapeutic amount can be determined by the attending physician or specialist.
Compounds according to the present invention
2Can be formulated in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In general, it is preferred to administer the pharmaceutical composition in an orally administrable form (and in particular, a solid dosage form such as a pill or tablet). Certain formulations may be administered parenterally, intravenously, intramuscularly, topically, transdermally, intrabuccally, subcutaneously, by suppository or other routes (including intranasal spray). Intravenous and intramuscular formulations are usually administered in sterile saline form. One of ordinary skill in the art may modify the formulation to render it more soluble in water or another vehicle, for example, this may be readily accomplished by minor modifications (salt formulation, esterification, etc.) that are well within the ordinary skill of the art. Modification of Compounds
2It is also well within the skill of the routine practitioner to control the pharmacokinetics of the compounds of the invention for maximum beneficial effect in patients, as described in more detail herein.
In certain pharmaceutical dosage forms, prodrug forms of the compounds, including, inter alia, acylated (acetylated or otherwise), and ether (alkyl and related) derivatives, phosphates, thioamidophosphorylates, phosphamidons and various salt forms of the compounds of the invention may be used to achieve the desired effect. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize how to readily modify the compounds of the invention into prodrug form to facilitate delivery of the active compound to a target site within a host organism or patient. One skilled in the art will also, where applicable, utilize the favorable pharmacokinetic parameters of the prodrug form in delivering the compounds of the invention to target sites within a host organism or patient to maximize the intended effect of the compound.
Compounds included in therapeutically active formulations according to the invention
2The amount is an effective amount to achieve the desired result according to the present invention, for example, for treating HCV infection, reducing the likelihood of HCV infection, or inhibiting, reducing and/or eliminating HCV or its secondary effects, including disease states, conditions and/or complications secondary to the occurrence of HCV. Generally speaking, the therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention in the form of pharmaceutical dosage forms can range from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg or more per day, more usually ranging from slightly less than about 0.1 mg/kg to more than about 25 mg/kg of the patient per day or significantly higher, depending on the compound used, the condition or infection treated, and the route of administration. Compounds
2The dosage is usually administered in an amount ranging from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg per patient per day, depending on the pharmacokinetics of the agent in the patient. This dosage range generally produces effective blood level concentrations of the active compound, which can range from about 0.001 to about 100, about 0.05 to about 100 micrograms per cubic centimeter of blood in the patient.
Usually, in order to treat, prevent or delay the onset of such infections and/or to reduce the likelihood of HCV viral infection or secondary disease conditions, conditions or complications of HCV, the compound
2The solid dosage form should be administered at least once a day in an amount ranging from about 250 micrograms up to about 800 milligrams or more, for example, once, twice, three times, or up to four times a day in an amount of at least about 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, or 800 milligrams or more, as directed by a healthcare provider. Compounds
2Administration is usually orally, but may be parenterally, topically or in the form of a suppository, and intranasally (as a nasal spray or in another form described herein). More generally, the compound
2It can be administered in the form of tablets, capsules, injections, intravenous formulations, suspensions, liquids, emulsions, implants, granules, spheres, creams, ointments, suppositories, inhalable forms, transdermal forms, intrabuccal, sublingual, topical, gel, transmucosal and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, when the dosage form herein refers to a milligram weight dose, it refers to the compound
2(i.e., the weight of the hemisulfate salt).
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition contains the following amount of compound in a unit dosage form
2Dosage form: about 1 mg to about 2000 mg, about 10 mg to about 1000 mg, about 100 mg to about 800 mg, about 200 mg to about 600 mg, about 300 mg to about 500 mg, or about 400 mg to about 450 mg. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in a dosage form, for example, in a unit dosage form containing the following amount of compound
2Solid dosage forms of: about 10 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 125 mg, about 150 mg, about 175 mg, about 200 mg, about 225 mg, about 250 mg, about 275 mg, about 300 mg, about 325 mg, about 350 mg, about 375 mg, about 400 mg, about 425 mg, about 450 mg, about 475 mg, about 500 mg, about 525 mg, about 550 mg, about 575 mg, about 600 mg, about 625 mg, about 650 mg, about 675 mg, about 700 mg, about 725 mg, about 750 mg, about 775 mg, about 800 mg, about 825 mg, about 850 mg, about 875 mg, about 900 mg, about 925 mg, about 950 mg, about 975 mg, or about 1000 mg or more. In one embodiment, the compound
2Administration is in a dosage form that delivers at least about 300 mg. In one embodiment, the compound
2The compound is administered in a dosage form that delivers at least about 400 mg. In one embodiment, the compound
2The compound is administered in a dosage form that delivers at least about 500 mg. In one embodiment, the compound
2Administration is in a dosage form that delivers at least about 600 mg. In one embodiment, the compound
2The compound is administered in a dosage form that delivers at least about 700 mg. In one embodiment, the compound
2Administered in a dosage form that delivers at least about 800 mg. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for up to 12 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for up to 10 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for up to 8 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for up to 6 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for up to 4 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for at least 4 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for at least 6 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for at least 8 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for at least 10 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least once a day for at least 12 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2Administered at least every other day for up to 12 weeks, up to 10 weeks, up to 8 weeks, up to 6 weeks, or up to 4 weeks. In certain embodiments, the compound
2The compound is administered at least every other day for at least 4 weeks, at least 6 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, or at least 12 weeks. In one embodiment, at least about 600 mg of the compound is administered at least once a day.2Up to 6 weeks. In one embodiment, at least about 500 mg of the compound is administered at least once a day
2Up to 6 weeks. In one embodiment, at least about 400 mg of the compound is administered at least once a day
2Up to 6 weeks. In one embodiment, at least 300 mg of the compound is administered at least once a day
2Up to 6 weeks. In one embodiment, at least 200 mg of the compound is administered at least once a day
2Up to 6 weeks. In one embodiment, at least 100 mg of the compound is administered at least once a day
2Up to 6 weeks.
Metabolites
1 - 6For active compounds
2triphosphate, but metabolites
1 - 6Not measurable in plasma. Metabolites
1 - 6Substituted as metabolites
1 - 7. Metabolites
1 - 7It is a nucleoside metabolite that is measurable in plasma and is therefore a metabolite
1 - 6Indication of intracellular concentration. For maximum HCV antiviral activity, compound
2The dosage form must achieve more than the compound
2EC
95Metabolites of value
1 - 7Steady-state minimum concentration (C
twenty four , ss). As shown in Figure 24, compounds targeting clinical isolates of GT1, GT2, GT3, and GT4
1EC
95Less than 25 ng/mL (compound
1EC
95and compounds
2EC
95value). In one embodiment, delivery results in a metabolite between approximately 15 and 75 ng/mL
1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 20 and 60 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 30 and 60 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 20 and 50 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 30 and 50 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 20 and 45 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 20 and 30 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 20 and 35 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2In one embodiment, the delivery achieves a metabolite between about 20 and 25 ng/mL.1 - 7The minimum stable concentration (C
twenty four , ss) compounds
2The dosage form is ±10% of the minimum stable concentration.
In one embodiment, the compound
2To achieve metabolites between approximately 1,200 and 3,000 ng/mL
1 - 7AUC (area under the curve) is administered. In one embodiment, the compound
2To achieve metabolites between approximately 1,500 and 3,000 ng/mL
1 - 7AUC is administered. In one embodiment, the compound
2To achieve metabolites between approximately 1,800 and 3,000 ng/mL
1 - 7AUC is administered. In one embodiment, the compound
2With metabolites between approximately 2,100 and 3,000 ng/mL
1 - 7AUC is administered. In a preferred embodiment, the compound
2To achieve a metabolite of approximately 2,200 ng*h/mL
1 - 7AUC is administered. Suitable dosage forms are ±10% of AUC.
In combination with another anti-HCV compound as described herein
2In the case of, the compound according to the present invention to be administered
2The amount of the second active agent is between about 0.01 mg/kg of the patient to about 800 mg/kg or more of the patient or significantly higher, depending on the second agent to be co-administered and its efficacy against the virus, the patient's condition and the severity of the disease or infection to be treated, and the route of administration. Other anti-HCV agents can be administered, for example, in an amount ranging from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg. An example of a dosage of the second active agent is an amount ranging from about 250 micrograms to about 750 mg or more, for example, at least about 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700 or 800 milligrams or more, at least once a day up to four times a day. In certain preferred embodiments, the compound
2The dosage may generally be administered in an amount ranging from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg or more (usually up to about 100 mg/kg), which generally depends on the pharmacokinetics of both agents in the patient. Such dosage ranges generally produce effective blood level concentrations of the active compound in the patient.
For purposes of the present invention, a prophylactic or preventive effective amount of a composition according to the present invention falls within the same concentration range as described above for a therapeutically effective amount, and is generally the same as a therapeutically effective amount.
Compounds
2Administration may range from continuous (intravenous infusion) to several oral or intranasal administrations (e.g., Q.I.D.) or transdermal administrations per day, and may include oral, topical, parenteral, intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal (which may include penetration enhancers), intrabuccal, and suppository administrations, among other routes of administration. Oral tablets coated with enteric coatings may also be used to enhance the bioavailability of the compound for oral routes of administration. The most effective dosage form will depend on the bioavailability/pharmacokinetics of the particular agent selected and the severity of the patient's disease. Oral dosage forms are particularly preferred because of their ease of administration and expected favorable patient compliance.
To prepare the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the present invention is usually added according to the known pharmaceutical compounding techniques for producing dosages.2Intimately mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The carrier can take a wide variety of forms depending on the desired formulation for administration (e.g., oral or parenteral). When preparing oral dosage forms of pharmaceutical compositions, any of the common pharmaceutical media can be used. Thus, for liquid oral formulations (such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions), suitable carriers and additives can be used, including water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like. For solid oral preparations such as powders, tablets, capsules, and for solid preparations such as suppositories, suitable carriers and additives may be used, including starches, sugar carriers such as dextrose, mannitol, lactose and related carriers, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrants and the like. If necessary, tablets or capsules may be enteric coated or sustained release by standard techniques. The use of such dosage forms can significantly enhance the bioavailability of the compound in the patient's body.
For parenteral formulations, the carrier will generally comprise sterile water or aqueous sodium chloride solution, but may also include other ingredients, including those that aid dispersion. Of course, in the case of using sterile water and maintaining sterility, the composition and carrier must also be sterilized. Injectable suspensions can also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like can be used.
Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeting viral antigens) can also be prepared by known methods to produce pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. This can be suitable for delivering free nucleosides, acyl/alkyl nucleosides or phosphate prodrug forms of nucleoside compounds according to the present invention.
In typical embodiments according to the present invention, the compounds described
2and compositions for treating, preventing or delaying HCV infection or secondary disease conditions, symptoms or complications of HCV.
VII. Combination and Alternation TherapyIt is well recognized that drug-resistant variants of the virus may emerge after long-term treatment with antiviral agents. Drug resistance sometimes develops through mutations in genes encoding enzymes used in viral replication. The effect of a drug against HCV infection may be prolonged, potentiated, or restored by combining or alternating the administration of the compound with another, and possibly even two or three, other antiviral compounds that induce different mutations or act via different pathways than the primary drug. Alternatively, such combination therapy (which may include alternation therapy if considered synergistic) may be utilized to alter the pharmacokinetics, biodistribution, half-life, or other parameters of the drug. Due to the disclosed compounds
2The compound is an NS5B polymerase inhibitor, so it can be suitable for administration to a host in combination with, for example, the following:
(1) a protease inhibitor, such as an NS3/4A protease inhibitor;
(2) an NS5A inhibitor;
(3) another NS5B polymerase inhibitor;
(4) an NS5B non-substrate inhibitor;
(5) interferon alpha-2a, which can be pegylated or otherwise modified, and/or ribavirin;
(6) a non-substrate inhibitor;
(7) a helicase inhibitor;
(8) an antisense oligodeoxynucleotide (S-ODN);
(9) an aptamer;
(10) a nuclease-resistant ribonuclease;
(11) iRNA, including microRNA and siRNA;
(12) Antibodies, partial antibodies or domain antibodies of viruses, or
(13) Viral antigens or partial antigens that induce host antibody responses.
Can be used with the compounds of the present invention
2Non-limiting examples of anti-HCV agents for combination administration (either alone or with multiple drugs from this list) are:
(i) Protease inhibitors, such as Telaprevir (Incivek
®)、Poprevi (Victrelis
TM)、Simipivi (Olysio
TM), ABT-450, glecaprevir (ABT-493), Norvir, ACH-2684, AZD-7295, BMS-791325, danoprevir, Filibuvir, GS-9256, GS-9451, MK-5172, Setrobuvir, Sovaprevir, Tegobuvir, VX-135, VX-222 and ALS-220;
(ii) NS5A inhibitors, such as ACH-2928, ACH-3102, IDX-719, daclatasvir, ledipasvir, velpatasvir (Epclusa), elbavir (MK-8742), grazopivir (MK-5172) and opititevir (ABT-267);
(iii) NS5B inhibitors, such as AZD-7295, Clemizole, Exviera, ITX-5061, PPI-461, PPI-688, sofosbuvir (Sovaldi)®), MK-3682 and mericitabine;
(iv) NS5B inhibitors, such as ABT-333 and MBX-700;
(v) Antibodies, such as GS-6624;
(vi) Combination drugs, such as Harvoni (ledipasvir/sofosbuvir), Viekira Pak (obitasvir/papivir/ritonavir/dasabuvir), Vikla (obitasvir/papivir/ritonavir), G/P (papivir and gcapivir), Technivie (obitasvir/papivir/ritonavir) and Epclusa (sofosbuvir/velpatasvir) and Zepatier (elbavir and gezopivir).
In one embodiment, if the compound is administered
2To treat advanced hepatitis C virus causing liver cancer or cirrhosis, the compound can be administered in combination or alternating with another drug commonly used to treat hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC), such as described by Andrew Zhu in "New Agents on the Horizon in Hepatocellular Carcinoma" Therapeutic Advances in Medical Oncology, V 5(1), January 2013, 41-50. In the case where the host has HCC or is at risk for HCC, examples of suitable compounds for combination therapy include anti-angiogenic agents, sunitinib, brivanib, linifanib, ramucirumab, bevacizumab, cediranib, pazopanib, TSU-68, lenvatinib, anti-EGFR antibodies, mTor inhibitors, MEK inhibitors, and histone deacetylase inhibitors.
Examples General MethodsRecorded on a 400 MHz Fourier transform Brücker spectrometer
1H.
19F and
31P NMR spectra. Unless otherwise stated, DMSO-d
6Spectra. Rotational multimodality is indicated by the symbols s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet), and br (broad peak). Coupling constants are reported in Hz (
J). Reactions were generally performed under dry nitrogen atmosphere using Sigma-Aldrich anhydrous solvents. All common chemicals were purchased from commercial sources.
The following abbreviations are used in the examples:
AUC: Area Under the Curve
C
twenty four: 24-hour drug concentration in plasma
C
twenty four , ss: Concentration 24 hours after administration under steady state
C
max: Maximum concentration of drug achieved in plasma
DCM: dichloromethane
EtOAc: ethyl acetate
EtOH: ethanol
HPLC: high pressure liquid chromatography
NaOH: sodium hydroxide
Na
2SO
4:Sodium sulfate (anhydrous)
MeCN:Acetonitrile
MeNH
2: methylamine
MeOH: methanol
Na
2SO
4:Sodium sulfate
NaHCO
3:Sodium bicarbonate
NH
4Cl: ammonium chloride
NH
4OH: ammonium hydroxide
PE: petroleum ether
Ph
3P: triphenylphosphine
RH: relative humidity
silica gel (230 to 400 mesh, adsorbent)
t-BuMgCl: tert-butylmagnesium chloride
T
max:Achieve C
maxtime
THF: tetrahydrofuran (THF), anhydrous
TP: triphosphate
Examples 1 . Compound 1 Synthesis Steps 1 : ( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - Amine - 6 -( Methylamino )- 9 H - Purine - 9 - base )- 4 - fluorine - 2 -( Hydroxymethyl )- 4 - Methyltetrahydrofuran - 3 - alcohol ( 2 - 2 ) SynthesisMethanol (30 L) was added to a 50 L flask and stirred at 10 ± 5°C. NH
2CH
3(3.95 Kg) was slowly aerated into the reactor. Compounds were added in batches at 20 ± 5°C.2-
1(3.77 kg) and stirred for 1 hour to obtain a clear solution. The reaction was stirred for an additional 6 to 8 hours, at which time HPLC indicated that the intermediate was less than 0.1% of the solution. Solid NaOH (254 g) was fed to the reactor, stirred for 30 minutes, and concentrated at 50 ± 5°C (vacuum level: -0.095). EtOH (40 L) was fed to the resulting residue and reslurried at 60°C for 1 hour. The mixture was then filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filter cake was reslurried with EtOH (15 L) at 60°C for 1 hour. The filtrate was filtered again, combined with the filtrate from the previous filtration, and then concentrated at 50 ± 5°C (vacuum level:
-0.095). A large amount of solid precipitated. EtOAc (6 L) was added to the solid residue, and the mixture was concentrated at 50 ± 5°C (vacuum level: -0.095). Then, DCM was added to the residue, and the mixture was re-slurried at reflux for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature, filtered, and dried in a vacuum oven at 50 ± 5°C to obtain the compound as an off-white solid
2-
2(1.89 Kg, 95.3%, purity 99.2%).
Compound 2 - 2 Of Analytical methods :The compounds were obtained using an Agilent 1100 HPLC system with an Agilent Poroshell 120 EC-C18 4.6 × 150 mm 4 μm column under the following conditions
2-
2Purity of (15 mg): 1 mL/min flow rate, read at 254 nm, 30°C column temperature, 15 μL injection volume, and 31 min run time. The sample was dissolved in acetonitrile-water (20:80) (v/v). The gradient method is shown below.
Time (min ) A% (0.05 TFA / water ) B% ( acetonitrile )
0 95 5
8 80 20
13 50 50
twenty three 5 95
26 5 95
26.1 95 5
31 95 5
Steps 2 : (( S )-((( 2R , 3R , 4R , 5R )- 5 -( 2 - Amine - 6 -( Methylamino )- 9 H - Purine - 9 - base )- 4 - fluorine - 3 - Hydroxyl - 4 - Methyltetrahydrofuran - 2 - base ) Methoxy )( Phenoxy ) Phosphate )- L - Isopropyl alanine ( Compound 1 ) SynthesisCompound2-
2and compounds
2-
3(((Perfluorophenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoyl)-
L -Alanine isopropyl ester) was dissolved in THF (1 L) and stirred under nitrogen. The suspension was then cooled to below -5°C and 1.7 M
t -BuMgCl solution (384 mL). Add NH to the suspension at room temperature.4Cl (2 L) and water (8 L) solution, followed by DCM. After adding 5% K
2CO
3The mixture was stirred for 5 min before being added to an aqueous solution (10 L) and for an additional 5 min before being filtered through celite (500 g). The celite was washed with DCM and the filtrate was separated. The organic phase was purified by 5% K
2CO
3Aqueous solution (10 L × 2), saline solution (10 L × 3), and Na
2SO
4(500 g) and dried for about 1 hour. At the same time, this entire process was repeated 7 times in parallel, and the 8 batches were combined. The organic phase was filtered and concentrated at 45 ± 5°C (vacuum level 0.09 Mpa). EtOAc was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 1 hour, and then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Then, the mixture was filtered and washed with EtOAc (2 L) to obtain the crude compound
1. The crude material was dissolved in DCM (12 L), heptane (18 L) was added at 10-20°C, and the mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was filtered, washed with heptane (5 L), and dried at 50 ± 5°C to obtain the pure compound
1(1650 g, 60%).
Compound 1 Analysis Method :The compounds were obtained using an Agilent 1100 HPLC system with a Waters XTerra Phenyl 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm column under the following conditions
1Purity of (25 mg): 1 mL/min flow rate, read at 254 nm, 30°C column temperature, 15 μL injection volume, and 25 min run time. The sample was dissolved in acetonitrile-water (50:50) (v/v). The gradient method is shown below.
Time (min) A% (0.1% H 3 PO 4 in water ) B% ( acetonitrile )
0 90 10
20 20 80
20.1 90 10
25 90 10
Examples 2 . Amorphous and crystalline compounds 1 FeaturesInitially through XRPD,
1HNMR and HPLC analysis of amorphous compounds
1and crystalline compounds
1. The XRPD patterns of the two compounds are shown in Figure 1A, and the HPLC traces for purity determination are shown in Figure 1B and Figure 2A, respectively. Table 1 is from the crystalline compounds
1Table 2 is a list of XRPDs, and Table 3 is a list of relative retention times (RTTs) from HPLC traces. Amorphous compounds
1is 98.61% pure, and crystalline compound 1 is 99.11% pure. Both compounds are white solids. Figure 2B is the crystalline compound
1TGA and DSC graphs. For crystalline compounds
1For , an endotherm was observed at 88.6°C, and there was a 7.8% mass loss at 80-110°C.
Compound
1The sample was recrystallized from EtOAc/hexane and extracted using ORTEP. The compound was confirmed by recrystallized single crystals
1The absolute structure of the compound. Figure 3 shows the compound
1ORTEP diagram. The crystallization data and measurement data are shown in Table 3. Compounds based on X-ray crystallization
1The absolute stereochemistry is shown below:
.
DSC data were collected on a TA Instruments Q2000 equipped with a 50-position autosampler. Calibration of heat capacity was performed using sapphire, and calibration of energy and temperature was performed using certified indium. Approximately 3 mg of each sample was heated from 25°C to 200°C in a pin-hole aluminum pan at typically 10°C/min. A dry nitrogen purge was maintained over the sample at 50 mL/min. The instrument control software was Advantage for the Q series v2.8.0.394 and Thermal Advantage v5.5.3, and data were analyzed using Universal Analysis v4.5A.
TGA data were collected on a TA Instruments Q500 TGA equipped with a 16-position autosampler. The instrument was temperature calibrated using certified Alumel and Nickel. Typically 5 to 10 mg of each sample was loaded onto a front tared aluminum DSC pan and heated from ambient to 350°C at 10°C/min. A nitrogen purge was maintained over the sample at 60 mL/min. The instrument control software was Q Series Advantage v2.5.0.256 and Thermal Advantage v5.5.3, and Universal Analysis v4.5 was used to analyze the data.
Amorphous compounds 1 ( 1 - 1 ) : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 1.01 - 1.15 (m, 9 H), 1.21 (d,
J=7.20 Hz, 3 H), 2.75 3.08 (m, 3 H), 3.71 - 3.87 (m, 1 H), 4.02 - 4.13 (m, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.53 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (s , 1 H), 5.69 - 5.86 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H)
Crystalline compounds 1 ( 1 - 2 ) : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.97 - 1.16 (m, 16 H), 1.21 (d,
J=7.07 Hz, 3 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.08 (s, 2 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.07 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (br d,
J=7.58 Hz, 1 H), 4.17 - 4.55 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.78 (br s, 1 H), 5.91 - 6.15 (m, 4 H), 7.10 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.26 - 7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s , 1 H)
surface 1 . Crystalline compounds 1 Peak List Angle /°2θ d spacing/Å Intensity / Count Strength /%
6.03 14.64 1005 39.0
7.36 12.00 315 12.2
7.94 11.13 1724 66.9
9.34 9.47 2500 97.0
9.51 9.29 860 33.4
9.77 9.05 1591 61.8
11.08 7.98 2576 100.0
12.02 7.36 171 6.6
12.95 6.83 319 12.4
13.98 6.33 241 9.4
14.30 6.19 550 21.4
14.69 6.03 328 12.7
15.20 5.82 2176 84.5
15.94 5.56 1446 56.1
16.75 5.29 1009 39.2
17.29 5.13 700 27.2
17.72 5.00 1213 47.1
18.11 4.89 1565 60.8
18.46 4.80 302 11.7
18.89 4.69 385 14.9
19.63 4.52 636 24.7
20.37 4.36 1214 47.1
20.74 4.28 1198 46.5
21.24 4.18 640 24.8
22.31 3.98 961 37.3
22.88 3.88 806 31.3
23.43 3.79 355 13.8
24.08 3.69 573 22.2
24.49 3.63 159 6.2
25.00 3.56 351 13.6
25.36 3.51 293 11.4
26.09 3.41 235 9.1
26.26 3.39 301 11.7
26.83 3.32 696 27.0
27.35 3.26 436 16.9
27.46 3.25 363 14.1
28.07 3.18 200 7.8
28.30 3.15 195 7.6
28.82 3.10 599 23.3
29.85 2.99 217 8.4
30.26 2.95 186 7.2
30.75 2.91 333 12.9
31.12 2.87 149 5.8
31.85 2.81 238 9.2
33.28 2.69 261 10.1
34.77 2.58 171 6.6
35.18 2.55 175 6.8
36.83 2.44 327 12.7
37.41 2.40 172 6.7
surface 2.From amorphous compounds
1and crystalline compounds
1Relative retention time of HPLC analysis
Amorphous Compound 1 Crystalline compound 1
RRT Area% RRT Area%
0.48 0.15 0.48 0.17
0.51 0.04 0.48 0.17
0.48 0.15 0.94 0.12
0.51 0.04 1.00 99.11
0.94 0.13 1.04 0.22
0.98 0.21 1.37 0.07
1.00 98.61
1.04 0.29
1.37 0.31
surface 3 . Compound 1 Crystallization and data measurement Key accuracy CC = 0.0297A, wavelength = 1.54184
Cells a=10.1884(3) b=28.6482(9) c=12.9497(5) α=90 β=113.184(4) γ=90
temperature 150K
Calculated value Report value
Volume 3474.5(2) 3474.5(2)
Space Group P21 P 1 21 1
Hall Group P2 P2
Partial C24 H34 F N7 O7 P 2(C24 H34 F N7 O7 P)
Total C24 H34 F N7 O7 P C48 H68 F2 N14 O14 P2
Mr 582.55 1165.10
Dx, g cm -1 1.114 1.114
Z 4 2
Mu (mm -1 ) 1.139 1.139
F000 1228.0 1228.0
F000' 1233.21
h, k, l max 12,34,15 12,34,15
N ref 12742 [ 6510] 8259
Tmin , Tmax 0.790, 0.815 0.808, 1.000
T min ' 0.716
Calibration method #Reported T Limits: T min = 0.808 T max = 1.00
AbsCorr MULTI-SCAN
Data Integrity 1.27/0.65
θ (max) 68.244
R (Reflection) 0.2091 ( 7995)
wR2 (Reflection) 0.5338 ( 8259)
S 2.875
Npar 716
After this initial characterization, the samples were stored at 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH) for 14 days, and HPLC and XRPD analysis was performed after 7 and 14 days. Figure 4A shows the XRPD after 14 days at 25°C/60% (RH). Amorphous compound
1(Sample 1-1) remained poorly crystallized, although the crystallized compound
1(Sample 1-2) retains its crystallinity, but both compounds are stable after 14 days at 25°C/60% (RH).
Examples 3 . Oxalate compounds 4 FormationInitially, the compound was formed by mixing oxalate with a solvent (5 vol, 100 μL)1Oxalate compounds
4Any solution was allowed to vaporize at room temperature. Any suspension was allowed to cure (room temperature to 50°C) for 3 hours and the degree of crystallinity was obtained.
Table 4 shows the generated compounds
4The different solvents used in the reaction. Except for two (cyclohexane and n-heptane), all solvents gave crystalline products. Although the compound
4The higher crystallinity and solubility of oxalate, but oxalate is not available for clinical research due to the potential formation of kidney stones and compounds.1Other salts.
surface 4 . Oxalate compounds 4 Formation Solvent Observation after adding acid at room temperature Observations after aging / evaporation
EtOH Solution OXA - Form 1
IPA Solution OXA - Form 1
acetone Solution OXA - Form 1
MEK Solution OXA - Form 1
EtOAc Suspension OXA - Form 1
i Pr Suspension OXA - Form 1
THF Solution OXA - Form 1
Toluene Solution OXA - Form 1
MeCN Solution OXA - Form 1
IPA: 10% water Solution OXA - Form 1
TBME Suspension OXA - Form 1
Cyclohexane Suspension Amorphous
n-Heptane Suspension Amorphous
Examples 4 . Amorphous compounds 1 Salt compoundsDue to oxalate compounds
4(Example 3) It may not be used in clinical trials due to its potential to form kidney stones, so the anti-ion forming compounds listed in Table 5
1The amorphous salt of. The compound
1Dissolved in tert-butanol (20 vol, 6 ml), and the solution treated with acid counterion (1 eq for each sample except sample 1-9 (which had 0.5 eq of sulfate)). The samples were then frozen, and in this case the solvent was removed by freeze drying. The residual solids in samples 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, and 1-9 were initially analyzed by XRPD and HPLC.
surface 5 . Amorphous salt formation details Sample ID Sample Details Stock solution details Observation NMR
1-4 HCl (1:1) THF 1M White solid 3 less protons ~ 0.3 eq t -BuOH
1-5 Sulfuric acid (1:1) THF 1M White solid 3 less protons ~ 0.3 eq t -BuOH
1-6 Fumaric acid (1:1) MeOH:THF (1:1) 0.5M Glassy solid 1.05 eq fumaric acid 0.84 eq t -BuOH
1-7 Benzoic acid (1:1) THF 1M White solid 1.0 eq benzoic acid 0.34 eq t -BuOH
1-8 Succinic acid (1:1) MeOH 1M Viscous white solid ~ 1.1 eq succinic acid 0.37 eq t -BuOH
1-9 Sulfuric acid (0.5:1 acid:API) THF 1M White solid 3 less protons ~ 0.3 eq t -BuOH
All samples were subjected to
1HNMR spectroscopy analysis.
Sample 1 - 4 , HCl ( 1 : 1 ) salt : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.93 - 1.39 (m, 16 H), 2.97 (br s, 2 H), 3.70 - 3.88 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (br s, 1 H), 4.18 - 4.49 (m, 3 H) , 4.70 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.94 (m, 1 H), 6.07 (br d,
J=19.07 Hz, 2 H), 7.14 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.29 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.83 - 8.19 (m, 1 H)
Sample 1 - 5 , sulfuric acid ( 1 : 1 ) salt : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.97 - 1.38 (m, 15 H), 2.96 (br s, 2 H), 4.06 - 4.18 (m, 1 H), 4.19 - 4.49 (m, 3 H), 4.66 - 4.91 (m, 1 H ), 5.70 - 5.95 (m, 1 H), 5.96 - 6.16 (m, 2 H), 7.10 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.30 - 7.43 (m, 2 H), 7.88 - 8.19 (m, 1 H)
Sample 1 - 6 , Fumaric acid ( 1 : 1 ) salt : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.95 - 1.31 (m, 21 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.20 Hz, 1 H), 4.01 - 4.13 (m, 1 H), 4.16 - 4.23 (m, 1 H), 4.16 - 4.24 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (s, 1 H), 4.18 - 4.23 ( m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.49 (m, 1 H), 4.72 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.68 - 5.86 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 6.63 (s, 1 H), 6.61 - 6.66 (m, 1 H), 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.45 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 13.16 (br s, 2 H)
Sample 1 - 7 , benzoic acid ( 1 : 1 ) salt : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.96 - 1.30 (m, 15 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.07 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (br s, 1 H), 4.20 (s, 1 H), 4.25 - 4.52 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (s, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.85 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 7.08 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.43 (m, 3 H), 7.45 - 7.57 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 7.95 (dd,
J=8.27, 1.33 Hz, 2 H), 12.98 (br s, 1 H)
Sample 1 - 8 , Succinic acid ( 1 : 1 ) salt : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.98 - 1.28 (m, 15 H), 2.42 (s, 5 H), 2.87 (br s, 3 H), 3.57 - 3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.70 - 3.86 (m, 1 H), 4.02 - 4.14 (m, 1H), 4.20 (s, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.51 (m, 3 H), 4.70 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.69 - 5.86 (m, 1 H), 6.04 (br d,
J=19.33 Hz, 4 H), 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.27 - 7.44 (m, 3 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 11.95 - 12.58 (m, 2 H)
Sample 1 - 9 , sulfuric acid ( 0 . 5 : 1 ) salt : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 1.02 - 1.31 (m, 15 H), 2.94 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (br d,
J=7.20 Hz, 2 H), 4.09 (br s, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.48 (m, 3 H), 4.72 - 4.90 (m, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.92 (m, 1 H), 6.07 (br d,
J=19.07 Hz, 2 H), 7.12 - 7.28 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.75 - 8.19 (m, 1 H).
The samples were then stored at 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH) for 14 days, with HPLC and XRPD analysis performed after 7 days ( FIG. 4B ) and 14 days ( FIG. 5A ). All prepared salts remained amorphous and the observations are shown in Table 6. The monosulfate salts (samples 1-5) and the succinate salts (samples 1-8) were found to be physically unstable and deliquesced or became gelatinous during the study period. Both the fumarate salt (sample 1-6) and the benzoate salt (sample 1-7) were found to be glassy solids. The HCl salt (sample 1-4) was found to retain its physical form. Surprisingly, the hemisulfate salt (sample 1-9) also retained its physical form as a white solid, compared to the monosulfate compound (sample 1-5) which was a viscous gel. The results are shown in Table 6. The mono-HCl salt (sample 1-4) and the hemisulfate salt (sample 1-9) were found to be physically and chemically stable after storage at 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH) for 2 weeks. Although both salts were stable over two weeks, the hemisulfate salt was preferred over the HCl salt because the HCl salt is hygroscopic, rendering it less suitable for long-term storage or use than the hemisulfate salt.
surface 6 . Sample in 25 ℃ / 60 % RH Down 7 Tianji 14 The stability of the Queen Sample ID Exposure time at 25℃/60% RH ( days )
0 7 14
HPLC Observation HPLC Observation HPLC Observation
1-1 98.6 White solid 98.7 White solid 98.5 White solid
1-2 99.1 White solid 99.2 White solid 99.0 White solid
1-3 99.7 White solid 99.6 White solid 99.4 White solid
1-4 98.7 White solid 98.8 White solid 98.6 White solid
1-5 98.4 White solid 55.7 Viscous white solid - Viscous gel
1-6 98.7 Glassy solid 98.6 Transparent glassy solid 98.4 White glassy solid
1-7 98.8 White solid 98.8 Transparent glassy solid 98.7 Transparent glassy solid
1-8 98.7 Viscous white solid - Deliquescent/viscous oily - deliquescence
1-9 98.7 White solid 98.1 White solid 96.4 White solid
Examples 5 . Amorphous compounds 2 FeaturesInitially through XRPD,
1Analysis of amorphous compounds by HNMR, DSC, TGA and HPLC
2. Amorphous compounds
2With amorphous compounds
1and crystalline compounds
1The superimposed XRPD pattern is shown in Figure 1A, and the amorphous compound alone
2The XRPD pattern of is shown in FIG5B. Table 7 is a list of peaks from the XRPD pattern shown in FIG5B. The HPLC trace for purity determination is shown in FIG6A. Table 8 is a list of relative retention times (RTT) from the HPLC trace shown in FIG6A. Amorphous Compounds
299.68% pure. Figure 6B is an amorphous compound
2TGA and DSC graphs. The experimental details of TGA and DSC experiments are given in Example 2.
surface 7.Amorphous compounds
2Peak List
Angle/°2θ d spacing/Å Intensity / Count Strength/%
4.20 21.03 486 81.8
4.67 18.91 482 81.0
5.16 17.10 595 100.0
9.13 9.68 547 92.0
surface8. HPLC chromatogram of amorphous compound 2
Amorphous Compound 2
RRT Area %
0.48 0.02
0.48 0.02
0.67 0.01
0.94 0.13
1.00 99.68
1.04 0.06
Amorphous compounds 2 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.93 - 1.29 (m, 13 H), 2.94 (br s, 3 H), 3.79 (td,
J=10.04, 7.07 Hz, 2 H), 4.05 - 4.19 (m, 1 H), 4.19 - 4.50 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.94 (m, 1 H), 5.97 - 6.16 (m, 2 H), 7.14 - 7.28 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.82 - 8.09 (m, 1 H)
Examples 6 . Amorphous compounds 2 CrystalSince the hemisulfate salt was found to remain solid after 14 days of stability study as shown in Table 6, preliminary tests were conducted to investigate crystallization conditions using 11 different solvents. The amorphous compound was
2Suspended in 5 volumes of solvent (samples 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5, 2-6, 2-7, 2-8, 2-9, 2-10, and 2-11). To those samples that did not flow freely (2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5, 2-6, 2-7, 2-8, and 2-10), an additional 5 volumes of solvent were added. Then, each sample was aged at 25-50° C. (1° C./min between temperatures, and 4 hours at each temperature) for 6 days, except for sample 2-1, which was observed as a clear solution after 1 day and evaporated under ambient conditions. The results are shown in Table 9. Crystallization patterns from isobutanol (sample 2-1), acetone (sample 2-2), EtOAc (sample 2-6) and
iPrOAc (sample 2-7) was crystallized. Two poorly crystallized samples were also identified from MEK (sample 2-4) and MIBK (sample 2-5) crystals. The XRPD pattern is shown in Figure 7A.
surface 9 . Compound 2 Crystallization conditions Sample ID Solvent Observation after 5 volumes Observation after 10 volumes Observation after 1 day aging XRPD
2-1 IPA Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension The solution evaporated at RT to produce a gelatinous substance Gel
2-2 Isobutanol Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Crystallization-Pattern 2
2-3 acetone Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Crystallization-Pattern 3
2-4 MEK Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Poor crystallization-Pattern 4
2-5 MIBK Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Poor crystallization-Pattern 4
2-6 EtOAc Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Crystallization-Pattern 1
2-7 i Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Crystallization-Pattern 1
2-8 THF Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Poor crystallization
2-9 TBME Free flowing suspension - Suspension Amorphous
2-10 Toluene Solids - Not Free Flowing Free flowing suspension Suspension Amorphous
2-11 Heptane Free flowing suspension - Suspension Amorphous
Seven samples (samples 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5, 2-6, 2-7 and 2-8) were analyzed by DSC, TGA,1H-NMR and IC (Table 10, Figure 8A, Figure 8B, Figure 9A, Figure 9B, Figure 10A, Figure 10B, Figure 11A, and Figure 11B), and XRPD analysis after 6 days of storage at 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH) (all samples remained crystalline/poor crystallization after stability). All samples retained approximately half the equivalent of sulfate, but contained relatively large amounts of residual solvent. An overlay of the X-ray diffraction patterns of amorphous samples 2-9, 2-10, and 2-11 is shown in Figure 7B.
surface 10 . Crystalline compounds 2 Characteristics of the sample Sample ID Solvent DSC TGA 1 HNMR IC ( calibration for TGA )
2-2 Isobutanol Endothermic, 113.8℃ 8.3% Ambient temperature -140℃ 1.1 eq isobutanol 0.45 eq
2-3 acetone Endothermic, 30-95℃ Endothermic, 100-145℃ 7.6% Ambient temperature -140℃ 0.5 eq acetone 0.46 eq
2-4 MEK Wide and complex endothermic, 30-115℃ Endothermic, 115-145℃ 8.5% Ambient temperature -140℃ 0.8 eq MEK 0.45 eq
2-5 MIBK Wide range of heat absorption, 30-105℃ heat absorption, 114.7℃ 5.2% Ambient temperature -110℃ 0.2 eq MIBK 0.46 eq
2-6 EtOAc Sharp endothermic, 113.6℃ 2.0% Ambient temperature -100℃ 0.9 eq EtOAc 0.46 eq
2-7 i Endothermic, 30-90℃ 1.6% Ambient temperature -90℃ 0.8 eq iPrOAc 0.45 eq
2-8 THF Endothermic, 30-100℃ Sharp endothermic, 115.6℃ 4.2% Ambient temperature -130℃ 0.7 eq THF 0.45 eq
All samples were subjected to
1HNMR spectrum, and listed below.
Sample 2 - 2 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.83 (d,
J=6.69 Hz, 7 H), 0.99 - 1.26 (m, 14 H), 1.61 (dt,
J=13.26, 6.63 Hz, 1 H), 3.73 - 3.87 (m, 2 H), 4.03 - 4.18 (m, 1 H), 4.18 - 4.51 (m, 4 H), 4.66 - 4.92 (m, 1 H), 4.70 - 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.72 - 4.88 (m, 1 H), 5.81 (br s, 1 H), 5.93 - 6.11 (m, 2 H), 7.10 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.14 - 7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.30 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.94 (br s, 1H)
Sample 2 - 3 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 1.00 - 1.26 (m, 13 H), 2.09 (s, 3 H), 3.74 - 3.87 (m, 2 H), 4.10 (br d,
J=7.70 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.50 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.28 Hz, 1 H), 5.71 - 5.90 (m, 1 H), 5.96 - 6.15 (m, 2 H), 7.12 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.79 - 8.07 (m, 1 H)
Sample 2 - 4 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.91 (t,
J=7.33 Hz, 3 H), 1.01 - 1.28 (m, 13 H), 2.08 (s, 2 H), 3.72 - 3.89 (m, 2 H), 4.10 (br d,
J=8.08 Hz, 1 H), 4.23 - 4.47 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 - 5.89 (m, 1 H), 5.94 - 6.13 (m, 2 H), 7.14 - 7.25 (m, 3 H), 7.32 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.79 - 8.11 (m, 1 H)
Sample 2 - 5 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.86 (d,
J=6.69 Hz, 1 H), 0.98 - 1.33 (m, 13 H), 2.02 - 2.09 (m, 1 H), 4.03 - 4.17 (m, 1 H), 4.22 - 4.50 (m, 3 H), 4.81 ( quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.81 (br s, 1 H), 5.93 - 6.15 (m, 2 H), 7.11 - 7.27 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.77 - 8.21 (m, 1H)
Sample 2 - 6 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.98 - 1.28 (m, 15 H), 2.00 (s, 3 H), 3.99 - 4.14 (m, 3 H), 4.21 - 4.49 (m, 3 H), 4.81 (quin,
J=6.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.82 (br s, 1 H), 5.93 - 6.14 (m, 2 H), 7.11 - 7.26 (m, 3 H), 7.29 - 7.42 (m, 2 H), 7.79 - 8.17 (m, 1 H)
Sample 2 - 7 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.92 - 1.28 (m, 17 H), 1.97 (s, 2 H), 4.04 - 4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.20 - 4.51 (m, 3 H), 4.71 - 4.93 (m, 2 H) , 5.82 (br s, 1 H), 5.95 - 6.14 (m, 2 H), 7.11 - 7.28 (m, 3 H), 7.31 - 7.43 (m, 2 H), 7.75 - 8.21 (m, 1 H)
Sample 2 - 8 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.81 - 1.11 (m, 13 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 1.53 - 1.66 (m, 1 H), 3.87 - 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.06 - 4.32 (m, 3 H) , 4.64 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.55 - 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.77 - 5.97 (m, 2 H), 6.94 - 7.10 (m, 3 H), 7.13 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 7.66 - 7.96 (m, 1H)
Examples 7 . Failure to crystallize amorphous malonate(
Compound 4)
As shown in Example 3, when the compound is tested1The crystalline oxalate can be identified when the appropriate salt is added, but the oxalate compound
4may not be used in clinical trials due to its potential to cause kidney stones. Therefore, attempts were made to crystallize the chemically related malonate salt (compound
5). The compound
1(12 × 50 mg, samples 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11 and 3-12) were dissolved in tert-butanol (20 vol), and the solution was then treated with 1 equivalent of malonic acid stock solution (1 M in THF). The sample was then frozen, and in this case the solvent was removed by freeze drying. To samples 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10 and 3-11, the relevant solvent (5 vol) was added at room temperature. Any resulting solution was evaporated under ambient conditions, and the gel or solid was aged at 25-50°C (1°C/min between temperatures, and 4 hours at each temperature) for 5 days. The solid was analyzed by XRPD (Figure 12B), but all samples were found to be either gel-like or amorphous (Figure 12B). The results are shown in Table 11. By
1A solid (amorphous) sample (3-12) was analyzed by H-NMR and HPLC and was found to contain about 1 equivalent of malonic acid (peak overlap) and 0.6 eq.t -BuOH. The compound was 99.2% pure (Figure 13A). Figure 12A is the XRDP of sample 3-12, and Figure 13A is the HPLC chromatogram of sample 3-12.
Sample 3 - 12 : 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d 6) δ ppm 0.81 - 1.11 (m, 13 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 1.53 - 1.66 (m, 1 H), 3.87 - 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.06 - 4.32 (m, 3 H) , 4.64 (quin,
J=6.25 Hz, 1 H), 5.55 - 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.77 - 5.97 (m, 2 H), 6.94 - 7.10 (m, 3 H), 7.13 - 7.26 (m, 2 H), 7.66 - 7.96 (m, 1H)
surface 11 . Amorphous malonate compound 4 Crystallization conditions Sample ID Solvent Observation after 5 volumes Observation after 5 days of aging / evaporation XRPD
3-1 IPA Clear solution* Transparent gel -
3-2 Isobutanol Clear solution* Transparent gel -
3-3 acetone Clear solution* Transparent gel -
3-4 MEK Clear solution* Transparent gel -
3-5 MIBK Solutions and some gels Transparent gel -
3-6 EtOAc Clear solution* Transparent gel and crystalline form Amorphous
3-7 i Gel Transparent gel -
3-8 THF Clear solution* Transparent gel -
3-9 TBME Viscous suspension Transparent gel -
3-10 Toluene White gel/solid White gel Amorphous
3-11 Heptane White solid (static) White gel Amorphous
3-12 - (white solid-no solvent) (viscous white solid-ambient conditions) Amorphous
*Evaporates at room temperature
Examples 8 . Liquid-assisted grinding ( LAG ) Failed Form appropriate saltLiquid-assisted grinding (LAG) studies were performed using the 14 acidic counterions in Table 12 to determine appropriate salts other than hemisulfate.
surface 12 . LAG Anti-ion stock solution used in crystallization Anti-ion Solvent (1 M)
Pyrite DMSO
Malonate THF
D-Glucuronide water
DL-Mandelate THF
D-Gluconate THF
Glycolate THF
L-Lactate THF
Oleate THF
L-Ascorbic acid water
Fatty acid root THF (hot)
Hexanoate THF
Stearate THF
Palmitic Acid THF
Methanesulfonate THF
Compound1(30 mg) was placed in an HPLC vial with two 3 mm ball bearings. The material was moistened with solvent (15 µl ethanol, samples 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-4, 4-5, 4-6, 4-7, 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11, 4-12, 4-13 and 4-14) and 1 equivalent of acid counter ion was added. The samples were then milled at 650 rpm for 2 hours using a Fritsch milling system with an automatic adapter. Most of the milled samples were found to be clear gels and were not further analyzed (Table 13). Those samples observed to contain solids were analyzed by XRPD, and in all cases the patterns obtained were found to match those of the crystalline acid counterion without the additional peaks (Figure 13B).
surface 13 . By compound 1 Of LAG Observations and XRPD Sample ID acid Observation after grinding XRPD
4-1 Acid Yellow gel/solid Pyrrolidone and amorphous halo
4-2 Malonic acid Transparent gel -
4-3 D-Glucuronic acid White gel/solid D-Glucuronic acid and amorphous halo
4-4 DL-Mandelic acid Transparent gel -
4-5 D-Gluconic Acid Transparent gel -
4-6 Glycolic acid Transparent gel
4-7 L-Lactic Acid Transparent gel -
4-8 Oleic acid Transparent gel -
4-9 L-Ascorbic acid White gel/solid L-ascorbic acid and amorphous halo
4-10 Adipic acid Transparent gel -
4-11 Hexanoic acid Transparent gel -
4-12 Stearic acid White gel/solid Stearic acid and amorphous halo
4-13 Palmitic acid White gel/solid Palmitic acid and amorphous halo
4-4 Methanesulfonic acid Transparent gel -
Examples 9 . Use of methyl ethyl ketone ( MEK ) Failure to obtain proper salt formationNext, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) was used as a solvent to investigate suitable salts other than the hemisulfate salt. Using the 14 acid counterions in Table 12, the compounds were
1(50 mg) was dissolved in MEK (20 vol) for investigation. The solution was treated with 1 equivalent of the selected counterion (Table 12). The sample was then cooled to 5°C at 0.1°C/min and stirred at this temperature overnight. All samples were evaporated at ambient conditions and any solids observed were analyzed by XRPD. This evaporation produced mainly gels, except for the samples with stearic acid (samples 4-12) and palmitic acid (samples 5-13), which provided glassy solvents. These solids were all amorphous by XRPD, but no crystalline form of the salt was obtained. The results are shown in Table 14. (Figure 13A).
surface 14 . will Compound 1 Dissolve in MEK ( 20 Volume ) The result Sample ID acid Solvent for acids at 1 M Observations after acid addition Observation after cooling down Observation after evaporation
5-1 Acid DMSO Yellow solution Yellow solution Yellow gel
5-2 Malonic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-3 D-Glucuronic acid water Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-4 DL-Mandelic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-5 D-Gluconic Acid THF White precipitation Turbid solution Transparent gel
5-6 Glycolic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-7 L-Lactic Acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-8 Oleic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-9 L-Ascorbic acid water Solution Solution Yellow gel
5-10 Adipic acid THF (hot) Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-11 Hexanoic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
5-12 Stearic acid THF Solution Turbid solution Transparent glassy solid*
5-13 Palmitic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent glassy solid*
5-14 Methanesulfonic acid THF Solution Solution Transparent gel
Stock solutions were prepared before acid addition
*Samples were analyzed by XRPD and amorphous pattern plus peaks were obtained from acid counterions
Since all samples were amorphous, all samples were redissolved in MEK (5 vol) and cyclohexane (20 vol countersolvent) was added at room temperature followed by stirring at 25°C for 1 hour. The samples were then aged between 50°C and 5°C (1°C/min between temperatures, 4 hours at each temperature) for 2 days before the cycle was changed from 50°C to 25°C for another 4 days. The samples were observed by eye after aging. The results are shown in Table 15. After aging, all samples were found to be colloidal except 5-1 (with penic acid). Sample 5-1 (yellow solid) was analyzed by XRPD, and the pattern was found to match the known form of penic acid ( FIG. 14B ), and thus the crystalline form of the salt was not obtained.
surface 15 . will Compound 1 Redissolve in MEK ( 5 Volume ) and the results in the antisolvent Sample ID Observe now Observe after 10 minutes 60 minutes of observation Observation after Chenghua
5-1 Sedimentation Gel Gel Yellow suspension**
5-2 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
5-3 Sediment/gel Gel Gel Gel
5-4 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
5-5 Sediment/gel Gel Gel Gel
5-6 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
5-7 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
5-8 Sedimentation Light suspension Gel Gel
5-9 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
5-10 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
5-11 Sedimentation Light suspension Gel Gel
5-12 Sedimentation Light suspension Gel Gel
5-13 Sedimentation Light suspension Gel Gel
5-14 Sedimentation Gel Gel Gel
**Sample analyzed by XRPD, where the pattern matches known forms of penic acid (no other peaks)
Examples 10 . No adequate salt formation was obtained using ethyl acetateNext, ethyl acetate was used to study suitable salts other than the hemisulfate salt. Using the 14 acid counterions in Table 12, the compounds were heated at 50 °C.1(50 mg) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 vol) for this study. The solution was treated with 1 equivalent of the selected counterion (Table 12). The sample was then cooled to 5°C at 0.1°C/min and stirred at this temperature for 4 days. The solution was evaporated at ambient conditions and any solids were analyzed by XRPD. The results of crystallization using ethyl acetate are in Table 16. Compared to Example 8 where MEK was the solvent, most of the sample was observed to be a suspension after cooling of the acid: compound mixture (those in solution were evaporated at ambient conditions). However, the XRPD diffraction patterns were generally found to match the crystalline compound
1. Samples 6-2, 6-4 and 6-5 have some slight differences (Fig. 14A and Fig. 15A). No crystalline form of the salt was obtained.
surface 16.
will Compound 1 Dissolve in EtOAc ( 20 Volume ) The result Sample ID acid Solvent for acids at 1 M Observations after acid addition Observation after cooling down XRPD Observation after evaporation
6-1 Acid DMSO Yellow solution Yellow solution* - Gel
6-2 Malonic acid THF Solution White suspension Slightly different from free alkali -
6-3 D-Glucuronic acid water Solution Solution* - Gel
6-4 DL-Mandelic acid THF Solution White suspension Slightly different from free alkali -
6-5 D-Gluconic Acid THF White precipitation Possibly white gelatinous substance Slightly different from free alkali -
6-6 Glycolic acid THF Solution White suspension Free base -
6-7 L-Lactic Acid THF Solution White suspension Free base -
6-8 Oleic acid THF Solution White suspension Free base -
6-9 L-Ascorbic acid water Solution Solution* - White solid/yellow gel on the side - amorphous
6-10 Adipic acid THF (hot) Solution White suspension Free base -
6-11 Hexanoic acid THF Solution White suspension Free base -
6-12 Stearic acid THF Solution White suspension Free base -
6-13 Palmitic acid THF Solution White suspension Free base -
6-14 Methanesulfonic acid THF White precipitation Solution/transparent gel* - Gel
Examples 11 . By HPLC Of Chemical purity determinationPurity analysis in Examples 2 and 4 was performed on an Agilent HP1100 series system equipped with a diode array detector and using ChemStation software vB.04.03 using the method shown in Table 17.
surface 17 . Chemical purity test HPLC method Parameters value
Method Type Reverse phase with gradient elution
Sample preparation 0.5 mg/ml in acetonitrile:water (1:1)
String Supelco Ascentis Express C18, 100 × 4.6 mm, 2.7 μm
Column temperature (℃) 25
Injection (μl) 5
Wavelength, bandwidth (nm) 255,90
Flow rate (ml/min) 2
Phase A 0.1% TFA/water
Phase B 0.085% TFA/acetonitrile
Schedule Time(min) Phase A% Phase B%
0 95 5
6 5 95
6.2 95 5
8 95 5
Examples 12 . X Radiation powder diffraction ( XRPD ) TechnologyXRPD patterns for Examples 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 were collected on a PANalytical Empyrean diffractometer using Cu Kα radiation (45 kV, 40 mA) in a transmission geometry. A 0.5° slit, a 4 mm mask, and a 0.4 rad Soller slit with a focusing lens were used for the incident beam. PIXcel placed on the diffracted beam
3DThe detector is equipped with a receiving gap and a 0.04 arc Soller gap. The instrument performance is checked on a weekly basis using silicon powder. The software used for data acquisition is X'Pert Data Collector v.5.3, and Diffrac
PlusData were analyzed and presented using EVA v.15.0.0.0 or Highscore Plus v.4.5. Samples were prepared and analyzed in transmission mode in metal or Millipore 96-well plates. X-ray transparent film was used between metal sheets on metal well plates, and powders (approximately 1 to 2 mg) were used as received. Millipore plates were used to separate solids from suspensions by adding a small amount of suspension directly to the plate prior to light vacuum filtration and analyzed.
Scanning mode for metal plates used an angular scanning axis, while 2θ scanning was used for Millipore plates. Performance checks were performed using silicon powder (metal well plates). The data acquisition details are angular range of 2.5 to 32.0°2θ, step size of 0.0130°2θ and total acquisition time of 2.07 minutes.
The samples were also collected on a Bruker D8 diffractometer using Cu Kα radiation (40 kV, 40 mA), a θ-2θ goniometer and V4 divergence and receiving slits, a Ge monochromator and a Lynxeye detector. Instrument performance was verified using a certified corundum standard (NIST 1976). The software used for data acquisition was Diffrac
PlusXRD Commander v2.6.1, and using Diffrac
PlusData analyzed by EVA v15.0.0.0 and presented.
The samples were run at ambient conditions, using powder as-is for flat plate samples. The samples were packaged flat in a cavity cut into a zero-polish background (510) silicon wafer. The sample was rotated in its own plane during analysis. Details of data acquisition were angular range from 2 to 42° 2θ, step size of 0.05° 2θ, and acquisition time of 0.5 sec/step.
Examples 13 . Amorphous compounds 2 Synthesis MeOH (151 mL) was added to a 250 mL flask and the solution was cooled to 0-5°C. Concentrated H
2SO
4Solution. Add the compound to a separate flask.1(151 g) and acetone (910 mL), and H
was added dropwise at 25-30°C over 2.5 hours.2SO
4/MeOH solution. A large amount of solid was precipitated. After stirring the solution at 25-30°C for 12-15 hours, the mixture was filtered, washed with MeOH/acetone (25 mL/150 mL), and vacuum dried at 55-60°C to obtain compound
2(121 g, 74%).
Compound 2 Analysis Method :The compounds were obtained using an Agilent 1100 HPLC system with a Waters XTerra Phenyl 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm column under the following conditions
2Purity: 1 mL/min flow rate, reading at 254 nm, 30°C column temperature, 10 μL injection volume and 30 min run time. Samples were dissolved in ACN:water (90:10, v/v). The gradient method used for separation is shown below. Compound
2R
t(min) is approximately 12.0 minutes.
Time(min) 0.1% H 3 PO 4 /water (A)% Acetonitrile (B)%
0 90 10
20 20 80
20.1 90 10
30 90 10
1HNMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-
d 6 ): δ 8.41 (br, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t,
J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d,
J= 8.0 Hz, 2H ), 7.17 (t,
J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 2H), 6.07 (d,
J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (dd,
J= 12.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81(br, 1H), 4.84-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.28 (m, 3H), 4.10 (t,
J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.85-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s,
J= 4.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.10 (m, 9H).
Examples 14 . Compound 2 FeaturesCompounds
2Further by the eyes,1HNMR,
13CNMR,
19FNMR, MS, HPLC and XRPD (Figure 15B) characterization. Residual solvent was measured by GC. Water content was measured by Karl Fischer titration and was only 0.70%. The data are summarized in Table 18.
surface 18 . Compound 2 Overview of additional feature data Test result
Form White solid
NMR 1 HNMR peaks are listed in Example 4
MS MS (ESI+ve) [M+H] + = 582.3, consistent with the structure
HPLC By AUC at 254 nm, 99.8% (average of two preparations)
By residual solvent in GC Methanol, 57 ppm Acetone, 752 ppm Methylene chloride, 50 ppm Ethyl acetate, 176 ppm
Water content 0.70%
Examples 15 . Compound 1 and compounds 2 SolubilityAll tested compounds
1and compounds
2Solubility in biorelevant test media, including simulated gastric fluid (SGF), simulated fasted gastric fluid (FaSSIF), and satiated gastric fluid (FeSSIF). Compounds
1The results are shown in Table 19, and the compound
2The results are shown in Table 20. The samples were stirred at room temperature (20-25°C). Compound
2Compounds
1More than 40 times more soluble in water at 2 hours and more than 25 times more soluble at 24 hours. In SGF conditions, compared with the compound at the same time point
1Compared with the solubility of 15.6 mg/mL, the compound
2It has a solubility of 84.2 mg/mL at 24 hours. Under SGF conditions, compound
2Also at 2 hours, the compound1More soluble, and soluble enough to allow testing even after 48 hours, while compounds
1No testing was performed at 48 hours.
surface 19 . Compound 1 Solubility test results Test medium Solubility ( in mg /mL ) Form Descriptive terms
2 hours 24 hours
water 1.5 2.5 Clear solution* Slightly soluble
SGF 13.8 15.6 Clear solution with a gel at the bottom Slightly soluble
FaSSIF 1.7 1.7 Turbid Slightly soluble
FeSSIF 2.8 2.9 Turbid Slightly soluble
*The sample appeared clear and only achieved a solubility of 1.5 mg/mL. Upon further investigation, it was noted that a gelatinous film formed on the stir bar. Compound 1 active ingredient formed gelatinous spheres in the diluent (90% water/10% acetonitrile) during the standard preparation, which required longer sonication time for complete dissolution.
surface 20 . Compound 2 Solubility test results Test medium Solubility ( mg /mL salt ) Form Descriptive terms
2 hours 24 hours 48 hours
water 65.3 68.0 N/A Turbid Soluble
SGF 89.0 84.2 81.3 Turbid Soluble
FaSSIF 1.9 2.0 N/A Turbid Slightly soluble
FeSSIF 3.3 3.4 N/A Turbid Slightly soluble
Examples 16 . Compound 2 Chemical stabilityBy monitoring the organic purity, water content,1HNMR, DSC and Ramen IR to test compounds
2Chemical stability of the container closure system used in the study was a combination pharmaceutical valve bag with a pharmaceutical laminate film on the bag and a dry silicone between the two layers. Weighing the compound
2(1 g) into each container. The bags were then stored at 25°C/60% RH (relative humidity) and 40°C/75% RH (relative humidity). Organic purity, water content,
1HNMR, DSC and Raman spectra.
The compounds were obtained using a Shimadzu LC-20AD system with a Waters XTerra Phenyl 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm column under the following conditions
2Purity: 1 mL/min flow rate, read at 254 nm, 35°C column temperature and 10 μL injection volume. Samples were dissolved in acetonitrile-water (90:10) (v/v). The gradient method is shown below.
Time (min) A% (ACN) B% ( water )
0 90 10
20 20 80
20.1 90 10
30 90 10
Determination of compounds using Karl Fischer titration with water titration equipment
2(250 mg) of water content.
The results are shown in Table 21 and Table 22. When the compound
2When stored at 25°C and 40°C for 6 months, the degradation rate was minimal. At 3 months, the compound
299.75% pure at 25°C and 99.58% pure at 40°C. At 6 months, the compound
2It is still 99.74% pure at 25°C and 99.30% pure at 40°C. At 25°C, the percentage of degradation products increases from 0.03% on day 0 to 0.08% after 6 months. At 40°C, the percentage of degradation products increases from 0.03% to 0.39%. Over the course of 6 months, the percentage of water increases by approximately 0.6% at 25°C and approximately 0.7% at 40°C.
Compound
2At 1, 2, 3 and 6 months,1Characteristics and compounds of HNMR, Raman spectroscopy and DSC
2The characteristics at day 0 were identical under both temperature conditions (Table 22), highlighting the compound
2Long-term stability.
surface twenty one . Compound 2 exist 6 Within a month 25 ℃ and 40 ℃ The degradation rate Test time Water percentage Purity percentage Percentage of degradation products Maximum impurity percentage
25 ℃ Day 0 1.2 99.82 0.03 0.12
1st month 1.9 99.77 0.04 0.12
Second month 1.8 99.75 0.06 0.12
3rd Month 1.8 99.75 0.06 0.12
6th month 1.8 99.74 0.08 0.13
40 ℃ Day 0 1.2 99.82 0.03 0.12
1st month 2.0 99.71 0.09 0.12
Second month 1.9 99.63 0.15 0.12
3rd Month 1.9 99.58 0.20 0.12
6th month 1.9 99.30 0.39 0.14
surface twenty two . Compound 2 Characteristics during degradation studies Test time 1 HNMR Raman DSC
25 ℃ Day 0 Test Start Test Start Test Start
1st month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
Second month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
3rd Month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
6th month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
40 ℃ Day 0 Test Start Test Start Test Start
1st month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
Second month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
3rd Month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
6th month Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0 Same as Day 0
Measuring compounds
2Additional chemical stability studies were conducted to determine the impurities and water content. Three conditions were tested: accelerated stability over a 6-month period (40 ± 2°C / 75 ± 5% RH); environmental stability over a 9-month period (25 ± 2°C / 60 ± 5% RH); and stability under freezer conditions (5 ± 3°C) over a 9-month period. The results of accelerated stability, environmental stability, and freezer conditions are shown in Tables 23, 24, and 25, respectively. Based on the results of these studies, compound
2is polarically stable.
In the accelerated stability study (Table 23), the measured compounds
2At each time point (1st month, 3rd month and 6th month), the compound
2The form of the product was always a white solid and the IR was consistent with the reference standard. After six months, the total impurity of related substance 1 was only 0.08% and related substance 2 and isomers were not detected.
surface twenty three . Compound 2 Accelerated stability ( 40 ± 2 ℃ / 75 ± 5 % RH ) Items Specifications Test time
Month 0 1st month 3rd Month 6th month
Form White or off-white solid White solid White solid White solid White solid
IR Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard / Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard
water ≤2.0% 0.45% 0.21% 0.36% 0.41%
Related substances 1 Impurity A ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND
Impurity B ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND
Impurity F ≤0.15% ND ND ND 0.01%
Impurity H ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND
Any other single impurity ≤0.10% 0.01% 0.02% 0.01% 0.05%
Total impurities ≤0.2% 0.01% 0.02% 0.02% 0.08%
Related substances 2 Impurity G ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND
Isomers Impurity C ≤0.15% ND / ND ND
Impurity D ≤0.15% ND / ND ND
Impurity E ≤0.15% ND / ND ND
analyze 98.0%~102.0% 98.8% 101.5% 99.6% 99.5%
Microbiological testing TAMC ≤1000cfu/g <1cfu/g / / /
Mold and Yeast ≤100cfu/g <1cfu/g / / /
Escherichia coli Not detected ND / / /
N.D.: Not Detected
In a nine-month environmental stability study measuring speciation, IR, water, and impurity content, the compound
2The morphology of the compound is always a white solid and the IR always corresponds to the reference sample. The results (Table 24) emphasize that the compound
2How chemically stable. After 9 months, the percentage of water in the sample was only 0.20% and the total relevant substance 1 impurity was only 0.02%. Similar to the accelerated stability study, relevant substances 2 and compounds were not detected.
2Any isomers of.
surface twenty four . Compound 2 Environmental stability ( 25 ± 2 ℃ / 60 ± 5 % RH ) Items Specifications Test time
Month 0 1st month 3rd Month 6th month 9th month
Form White or off-white solid White solid White solid White solid White solid Off-white solid
IR Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard / Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard
water ≤2.0% 0.45% 0.19% 0.29% 0.46% 0.20%
Related substances 1 Impurity A ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Impurity B ≤0.15% ND ND 0.03% ND ND
Impurity F ≤0.15% ND ND 0.02% 0.01% ND
Impurity H ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Any other single impurity ≤0.10% 0.01% 0.01% 0.03% 0.02% 0.02%
Total impurities ≤0.2% 0.01% 0.02% 0.11% 0.05% 0.02%
Related substances 2 Impurity G ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Isomers Impurity C ≤0.15% ND / ND ND ND
Impurity D ≤0.15% ND / ND ND ND
Impurity E ≤0.15% ND / ND ND ND
analyze 98.0%~102.0% 98.8% 101.1% 99.6% 99.7% 100.9%
Microbiological testing TAMC ≤1000cfu/g <1cfu/g / / / /
Mold and Yeast ≤100cfu/g <1cfu/g / / / /
Escherichia coli Not detected ND / / / /
N.D.: Not Detected
The results of stability measurements under freezer conditions are shown in Table 25. The only impurities detected even after 9 months were those from related substance 1 and water. The water content after 9 months was 0.32% and the total impurities of related substance 1 were only 0.01% of the sample. Compound 2 is extremely chemically stable under freezer conditions.
surface 25 . In freezer conditions ( 5 ± 3 ℃ ) The following compounds 2 Stability Items Specifications Test time
Month 0 1st month 3rd Month 6th month 9th month
Form White or off-white solid White solid White solid White solid White solid Off-white solid
IR Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard / Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard Corresponding to the reference standard
water ≤2.0% 0.45% 0.19% 0.32% 0.42% 0.32%
Related substances 1 Impurity A ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Impurity B ≤0.15% ND ND 0.01% ND ND
Impurity F ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Impurity H ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Any other single impurity ≤0.10% 0.01% 0.01% 0.01% 0.01% 0.01%
Total impurities ≤0.2% 0.01% 0.01% 0.03% 0.03% 0.01%
Related substances 2 Impurity G ≤0.15% ND ND ND ND ND
Isomers Impurity C ≤0.15% ND / ND ND ND
Impurity D ≤0.15% ND / ND ND ND
Impurity E ≤0.15% ND / ND ND ND
analyze 98.0%~102.0% 98.8% 101.1% 100.2% 98.6% 101.4%
Microbiological testing TAMC ≤1000cfu/g <1cfu/g / / / /
Mold and Yeast ≤100cfu/g <1cfu/g / / / /
Escherichia coli Not detected ND / / / /
N.D.: Not detected
Examples 17 . In a single oral dose of the compound 2 Plasma levels of metabolitesA single oral dose of the compound was administered to rats, dogs, and monkeys.2, and the plasma levels of certain metabolites shown in Scheme 1 were measured.
Compounds
2Transformed into compounds
1and metabolites
1 - 7The results for metabolites 1-8 and 1-2 are shown in Table 26 and Table 27. In rats, lower levels of compound
1exposure, but higher levels of metabolites were observed
1 - 7, which is an active triphosphate (metabolite
1 - 6) nucleoside metabolite. In monkeys, the compound was measured in approximately dose-proportional amounts
1In dogs, overproportionate amounts of the compound were measured1exposure, which indicates first-pass metabolic clearance in the liver. Throughout the study, significantly more vomiting was observed in dogs (5/5 higher dose group) than in monkeys (1/5 higher dose group).
surface 26 . In a single oral dose of the compound 2 Post-compound 1 and metabolites 1 - 7 Plasma level Species Dosage* (mg/kg) Compound 1 Metabolites 1-7
C max (ng/mL) Tmax (hr) AUC 0-last (hr*ng/mL) C max (ng/mL) AUC 0-last (hr*ng/mL)
Rat 500 70.5 0.25 60.9 748 12000
Dog 30 1530 0.25-1 1300 783 9270
100 8120 0.5-1 10200 2030 24200
300 21300 204 44300 4260 60800
Monkey 30 63.5 0.5-2 176 42.5 1620
100 783 1-2 1100 131 3030
300 501 204 1600 93.6 3660
3 males/doses/species; *Dosage formula:
a0.5% CMC, water containing 0.5% Tween 80;
bCapsules containing powder
surface 27 . In a single oral dose of the compound 2 Descendants 1 - 8 and 1 - 2 Plasma level Species Dosage* (mg/kg) Metabolites 1-8 Metabolites 1-2
C max (ng/mL) AUC 0-last (hr*ng/mL) C max (ng/mL) AUC 0-last (hr*ng/mL)
Rat 500 5060 35100 9650 20300
Dog 30 291 905 196 610
100 1230 4370 886 2830
300 5380 35300 2380 8710
Monkey 30 209 5690 300 1730
100 406 12300 1350 8160
300 518 16800 1420 11400
3 males/doses/species; *Dosage formula:
a0.5% CMC, water containing 0.5% Tween 80;
bCapsules containing powder
Examples 18 . Compound 2 Tissue exposure of active triphosphates after oral dosingCompounds in oral doses
2Compounds were measured 4 hours later
2Active triphosphate (TP) (metabolite
1 - 6) levels in heart and liver tissues. In a single dose of the compound
2Liver and heart samples were obtained 4 hours after the experiment, snap frozen, homogenized, and analyzed by LC-MS/MS for intracellular active TP levels. Tissue levels were measured in rats, dogs, and monkeys, as shown in Figure 16A. High levels of active TP were measured in the liver of all species tested. Relatively low levels of active TP were measured in the heart of dogs, due to saturation of first-pass liver metabolism, and incalculable levels of TP were measured in the hearts of rats and monkeys, indicating liver-specific formation of active TP. Although not shown, the same compounds
1Compared with drug administration, the compound
2Improved TP distribution through medication administration.
Examples 19 . Compounds in Dogs 1 Compounds 2 Comparative pharmacologyCompounds for use
1and compounds
2A head-to-head comparison of dogs given the drug. The study measured the compound used in the study.1(25 mg/kg) and compounds
2(30 mg/kg) Compound 4 hours after administration
1and metabolites
1 - 7(from Process 1) plasma levels (Table 28), and metabolites
1 - 7AUC
( 0 - 4hr )In the compound
2and compounds
1In comparison, it is twice as large. Compound
1and metabolites
1 - 7The dose-normalized exposures are shown in Table 28. Compounds
1, metabolites
1 - 7and compounds
1+ Metabolites
1 - 7AUC of the sum of( 0 - 4hr )The value of the compound in the administration of2Later higher.
surface 28 . Compounds in use 1 and compounds 2 Comparison of plasma levels after drug administration Compounds for administration Dose-normalized mean AUC (0 -4hr ) (μM × hr ) for :
Compound 1 Metabolites 1-7 Compound 1 + metabolites 1-7
Compound 1 (25 mg/kg) 0.2 1.9 2.1
Compound 2 (30 mg/kg) 1.0 4.1 5.1
aAUC
(0 -4hr )Values normalized to a dose of 25 mg/kg
Liver/heart ratios indicate triphosphate concentrations, and compounds
1In contrast, using compounds
2Administration increased the selective delivery of triphosphate to the liver as shown in Table 29. Administered compounds measured in the heart
1The active guanine metabolite (
1 - 6)'s AUC
( 0 - 4hr )is 174 μM × hr, while the administered compound measured in the heart
2The active guanine metabolite (
1 - 6)'s AUC
( 0 - 4hr )is 28 μM × hr. With compound
1Compared with a liver/heart ratio of 3.1, compound
2The liver/heart ratio is 20.
surface 29 . Compounds 1 and compounds 2 Comparison of posterior liver and heart exposure Compounds for administration Dose-normalized mean AUC (0 -4hr ) (μM × hr ) for :
liver Heart Liver/heart
Compound 2 565 28 b 20
Compound 1 537 174 3.1
aActive TP concentration (
1 -6; Process 1) Standardized to a dose of 25 mg/kg
bExtrapolation below the lower limit of the quantitative calibration curve
When compared with compounds
1Compared to administration of compounds
2The effect of increasing the selectivity for liver over heart is also shown in Figure 16B. When the compound is administered2The levels of active triphosphate in heart and liver tissues after administration of compound (30 mg/kg) were similar to those after administration of compound
1(25 mg/kg) compared to the tissue levels of active triphosphates. For compound
1and compounds
2In general, the concentration of active TP in the liver is higher than that in the heart, but when combined with compounds
1Compared to the administered compound
2Active TP is more selective for the liver than the heart.
Examples 20 . Compounds in rats and monkeys 2 Metabolite plasma curveMale Sprague-Dawley rats and cynomolgus monkeys (3 animals/dose group) were given a single oral dose of the compound
2. Analysis of compounds in plasma aliquots prepared from dichloroisothiazide-treated blood samples by LC-MS/MS
1and metabolites
1 - 7(Compounds shown in Scheme 1
2The concentrations of active triphosphate nucleoside metabolites of α-glucose were measured in rats and the pharmacokinetic parameters were determined using WinNonlin. The results of a single 500 mg/kg dose in rats are shown in Figure 17, and the results of a single 30 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg, or 300 mg/kg dose in monkeys are shown in Figure 18. The results are summarized in Table 30.
Metabolites at higher plasma levels
1 - 7(Compounds
2The results of the study showed that the active triphosphate (TP) nucleoside metabolite of TP was formed, indicating that higher levels of TP were formed even in rats where extremely low plasma levels of the parent nucleotide prodrug were observed, which was due to the compound
1Short half-life in rat blood (<2 min). Persistent plasma levels of metabolites
1 - 7Reflecting the longer half-life of TP.
In monkeys, the compound
1The plasma exposure (AUC) of levofloxacin is roughly proportional to the dose, while the metabolites
1 - 7Exposure was slightly disproportionate to dose, but AUC values for both parent drug and the nucleoside metabolite of active TP continued to increase up to the highest dose tested (300 mg/kg).
Oral administration of compounds in rats and monkeys
2Produces higher and dose-dependent plasma exposure and metabolites
1 - 7(Compounds
2Nucleoside metabolites of intracellularly active triphosphates); metabolites
1 - 7Exposure continued to increase up to the highest dose tested, reflecting substantial formation of active TP in these species.
surface 30 . In a single oral dose of the compound 2 Post-compound 1 and 1 - 7 Plasma level Species Rat Monkey
Dosage (mg/kg) 500 30 100 300
Compound 1 C max (ng/mL) 60.8 63.5 783 501
Tmax (hr) 0.25 0.5-2 1-2 204
AUC 0-last (hr*ng/mL) 78.2 176 1100 1600
Metabolites 1-7 C max (ng/mL) 541 42.5 131 93.6
AUC 0-last (hr*ng/mL) 9640 1620 3030 3660
Tmax (hr) 6-8 12-24 4 4-24
T 1/2 (hr) 15.3 11.5 15.0 18.8
Dosage formula:
a0.5% CMC, water containing 0.5% Tween 80;
bCapsules containing powder
Examples twenty one . Compound 1 and compounds 2 Effects of active triphosphates on mitochondrial integrityThe compound will be incorporated into human mitochondrial RNA polymerase
1and compounds
2Active triphosphate (TP) (metabolite
1 - 6The relative potency of (Scheme 1)) is compared with the relative potency of the active TP of sofosbuvir and the active TP of INX-189. Compound
1and compounds
2Unlikely to affect mitochondrial integrity due to its poor incorporation of the active triphosphate by human mitochondrial RNA polymerase, with efficacy similar to that of the triphosphate of sofosbuvir; the relative efficacy of the triphosphate incorporated into INX-189 was up to 55-fold higher. Results are shown in Table 31. According to Arnold et al. (Sensitivity of Mitochondrial Transcription and Resistance of RNA Polymerase II Dependent Nuclear Transcription to Antiviral Ribonucleotides.
PLoS Pathog ., 2012,
8, e1003030) to measure the incorporation of these analogs by human mitochondrial RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (POLRMT).
surface 31 . use Human mitochondria RNA Polymerase Kinetic parameters of evaluated nucleotide analogs Nucleotide analogs K pol (s -1 ) K d,app (μM) K pol/K d,app (μM -1 s -1 ) Relative efficacy *
2' - Deoxy - 2'-F - 2'-C -methylUTP ( the active TP of sofosbuvir ) 0.00034 + 0.00005 590 + 250 5.8 x 10-7 + 2.6 x 10-7 1.0 x10-6
2' -C - methyl GTP ( active TP of INX -189 ) 0.051 + 0.002 240 + 26 2.1 x 10-4 + 0.2 x 10-4 5.5 x10-5
Active TP of Compound 1 and Compound 2 ( metabolites 1-6 ) 0.0017 + 0.0002 204 + 94 8.3 x 10-6 + 4.0 x 10-6 2.2 x10-6
*Relative efficacy = (K
pol/K
d ,app)Nucleotide analogs/(K
pol/K
d ,app)Natural nucleotides
Examples twenty two . Compound 1 For NS5B Activity of the replicator of the sequenceA set of replicons containing NS5B sequences from various HCV genotypes derived from 6 laboratory reference strains (GT1a, GT1b, GT2a, GT3a, GT4a, and GT5a) (Figure 19) and from 8 HCV patient plasma samples (GT1a, GT1b, GT2a, GT2b, GT3a-1, GT3a-2, GT4a, and GT4d) (Figure 20) were used to test compounds
1and concentrations of sofosbuvir.
For clinical and laboratory strains of HCV, the compound
1More potent than sofosbuvir. Against wild-type clinical isolates, the compound
1Demonstrated potent pan-genotypic antiviral activity in vitro, with EC
95< 80 nM, which is 4 to 14 times more potent than sofosbuvir. As shown in Figure 20, against all clinical isolates of HCV genotypes tested, compound
1EC
95The values were 7 to 33 times lower than those of sofosbuvir. For laboratory strains of HCV genotypes 1-5, the compound
1EC
50The values were 6 to 11 times lower than those of sofosbuvir (Figure 19).Examples twenty three . Healthy Volunteers ( part A ) and GT1 - HCV Infected patients ( part B ) Zhongzhi Compound 2 Single bolus dose ( SAD ) ResearchStudying test compounds at single ascending doses (SADs)
2To measure its safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics in healthy subjects (Part A). Part A is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled SAD study. Healthy subjects in Part A received a single dose of the compound in a fasting state.2or placebo. Subjects were confined to the clinic from day 1 to day 6.
Dosing was staggered across groups so that 2 subjects (1 active: 1 placebo) were evaluated 48 hours after dosing before dosing the rest of the group. Groups received compounds in ascending order
2. Dosing of sequential cohorts was performed based on review of available safety data (through day 5) and plasma pharmacokinetic data (through 24 h) from previous cohorts.
Dose escalation was performed following satisfactory review of these data. The doses evaluated in cohorts 3a to 4a were adjusted in increments of no greater than 100 mg as pharmacokinetic and safety data emerged from previous cohorts. The total maximum dose evaluated in Part A did not exceed 800 mg. The dosing regimen for Part A is shown in Table 32.
surface 32 . part A Administration of compound 2 Study dosing regimen Group group N ( Active : Placebo) Compound 2 ( Compound 1 ) *
1a healthy 6:2 50 (45) mg × 1 day
2a healthy 6:2 100 (90) mg × 1 day
3a healthy 6:2 200 (180) mg × 1 day
4a healthy 6:2 400 (360) mg × 1 day
*About compounds
2Clinical doses are expressed as approximate compound 1 base equivalents in parentheses
Healthy volunteers in Part A of the study were male and female individuals between 18 and 65 years of age. Active and placebo recipients were pooled within each Part A group to maintain study blinding.
Test compounds were also studied as single ascending doses (SADs)
2, to measure its safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and antiviral activity in GT1-HCV infected patients (Part B). Subjects in Part B received a single dose of the compound in a fasting state
2. Confine patients to the clinic from day 1 to day 6.
Part B begins after review of safety (through day 5) and plasma pharmacokinetic (through 24 h) data from cohort 3a in part A. Review available safety data (through day 5) and pharmacokinetic data (through 24 h) from the first cohort in part B (cohort 1b) prior to enrolling subsequent part B cohorts. Subsequent part B cohorts are dosed only after review of available safety and pharmacokinetic data from individual doses in part A and available safety (through day 5) from the previous part B cohort.
After satisfactory review of these data, dose escalation up to 600 mg is performed in HCV-infected patients. The dosing regimen for Part B is shown in Table 33.
surface 33 . part B Compounds in 2 Study dosing regimen Group group N ( Active) Compound 2 ( Compound 1 ) *
1b GT1 HCV infection 3 100 (90) mg × 1 day
2b GT1 HCV infection 3 300 (270) mg × 1 day
3b GT1 HCV infection 3 400 (360) mg × 1 day
4b GT1 HCV infection 3 600 (540) mg × 1 day
*About compounds
2Clinical doses are expressed as the approximate compound 1 basis equivalents in parentheses.
Patients infected with HCV have ≥ 5 log
10IU/mL viral load in untreated, non-cirrhotic GT1-infected individuals.
No serious adverse signs were recorded, and no premature discontinuation was required in either Part A or Part B. All adverse effects were mild to moderate in intensity with no dose-related pattern, including laboratory parameters, vital signs, and ECG were unremarkable.
Examples twenty four . Compound 2 Single bolus dose ( SAD ) Results of the studySingle dose of compound
2Post-measurement compounds
1and nucleoside metabolites
1 - 7Pharmacokinetics of the compound at a dose of 600 mg
2Metabolites in post-HCV infected patients
1 - 7C
twenty fourMinimum plasma concentration (C
24h) is 25.8 ng/mL, which is a 300 mg dose of the compound
2Plasma concentration after dose more than doubles. Metabolites
1 - 7(Shown in Scheme 1) can be achieved simply by dephosphorylating intracellular phosphate metabolites
1 - 4, metabolites
1 - 5and metabolites
1 - 6produced, which is the active species. Therefore, metabolites
1 - 7Can be considered as a substitute for the active species. The pharmacokinetic data of all groups are shown in Tables 34 and 35. Except T
maxAll values are reported as mean ± SD, except for values reported as median (range). Pharmacokinetic parameters were similar in healthy and HCV-infected patients.
surface 34 . A single dose of the compound was administered to healthy volunteers 2 Subsequent compounds 1 and metabolites 1 - 7 Human Pharmacokinetics Dosage (mg) C max (ng/mL) Tmax (h) AUC tot (ng*h/mL) T 1/2 (h) C 24h (ng/mL)
Part A , Healthy Individuals
Compound 1 50 46.4 ±17.6 0.5 (0.5-0.5) 36.4 ± 12.3 0.32 ± 0.02 --
100 156 ± 96.3 0.5 (0.5-1.0) 167 ± 110 0.53 ± 0.24 --
200 818 ± 443 0.5 (0.5-3.0) 656 ± 255 0.71 ± 0.16 --
400 1194 ± 401 0.5 (0.5-1.0) 1108 ± 326 0.86 ± 0.15 --
Metabolites 1-7 50 27.9 ± 5.62 3.5 (3.0-4.0) 285 ± 69.4 7.07 ± 4.59 2.28 ± 0.95
100 56.6 ± 14.0 4.0 (3.0-6.0) 663 ± 242 17.7 ± 14.7 4.45 ± 1.87
200 111 ± 38.8 5.0 (3.0-6.0) 1524 ± 497 15.9 ± 7.95 13.7 ± 5.09
400 153 ± 49.4 6.0 (4.0-8.0) 2342 ± 598 15.6 ± 6.37 23.5 ± 6.31
*Based on 24-hr curve.
surface 35 . exist GT1 HCV Administration of compounds to infected patients 2 Subsequent compounds 1 and metabolites 1 - 7 Human Pharmacokinetics Dosage (mg) C max (ng/mL) Tmax (h) AUC tot (ng*h/mL) T 1/2 (h) C 24h (ng/mL)
Compound 1 100 212 ± 32.0 0.5 (0.5-1.0) 179 ± 54.4 0.54 ± 0.12 --
300 871 ± 590 0.5 (0.5-1.0) 818 ± 475 0.64 ± 0.20 --
300 2277 ± 893 0.5 (0.5-1.0) 1856 ± 1025 0.84 ± 0.18 --
400 2675 ± 2114 1.0 (1.0-2.0) 2408 ± 1013 0.86 ± 0.18 --
600 3543 ± 1649 1.0 (0.5-1.0) 4132 ± 1127 0.70 ± 0.13 --
Metabolites 1-7 100 50.2 ± 15.4 6.0 (4.0-6.0) 538 ± 103* 8.4 ± 4.3* 3.60 ± 0.40
300 96.9 ± 38.9 6.0 (3.0-6.0) 1131 ± 273* 8.1 ± 2.4* 10.9 ± 3.51
300 123 ± 16.6 4.0 (3.0-6.0) 1420 ± 221 -- 18.0 ± 8.83
400 160 ± 36.7 4.0 (4.0-4.0) 2132 ± 120 11.6 ± 1.21 22.5 ± 3.29
600 198 ± 19.3 4.0 (4.0-6.0) 2176 ± 116 -- 25.8 ± 4.08
*Based on 24-hr curves.
Also calculated for compounds in all groups of Part A and Part B of the study
1and metabolites
1 - 7Figure 21 shows the average plasma concentration-time curve of the compound after a single dose.2Post-compound
1The average plasma concentration of, and Figure 22 is the compound in a single dose
2Descendants of the past1 - 7As shown in Figure 21, compound
1Rapidly absorbed and rapidly/amply metabolized in all groups from fraction B. As shown in Figure 22, metabolites
1 - 7It is the main metabolite and presents a stable plasma concentration. Compound
1Plasma exposure is dose-related, while metabolites
1 - 7The exposure was dose proportional.
For HCV-infected individuals in Part B, after administration of the compound
2HCV RNA was quantitatively measured before, during, and after. Plasma HCV RNA was measured using a validated commercial assay. Baseline was defined as the mean of Day-1/Day 1 (pre-dose). A single 300 mg dose of compound
2(equivalent to 270 mg compound
1) produced significant antiviral activity in GT1b-HCV infected individuals. The mean maximum HCV RNA reduction 24 hours after administration following a single 300 mg dose was 1.7 log
10IU/mL and compared this to a 2 log10 IU/mL reduction after 1 day of sofosbuvir monotherapy at 400 mg in GT1a HCV-infected individuals. The mean maximum HCV RNA reduction 24 hours after a single 100 mg dose was 0.8 log
10IU/mL. The mean maximum HCV RNA reduction after a single 400 mg dose was 2.2 log
10IU/mL. Individual pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic analyses of individual subjects from Part B of the study are shown in Figures 23A to 23F. Plotting metabolites
1 - 7The concentrations were targeted to reduce the HCV RNA concentrations, and as shown in Figures 23A to 23F, the plasma HCV RNA reduction was associated with plasma metabolites
1 - 7Exposure related. Viral response is greater than EC against GT1b
95Metabolites of value
1 - 7Plasma concentrations were maintained. The correlation between plasma concentrations and the level of HCV RNA reduction indicated that higher doses of the compound were effective.2A more in-depth response should be achieved.
Examples 25 . For HCV GT 1 - 4 More than one compound of clinical isolates 1 EC 95 Metabolites of value 1 - 7 The lowest level of stable forecastAs shown in Figure 24, the compound is predicted to be administered in humans
2(600 mg QD (550 mg free base equivalent) and 450 mg QD (400 mg free base equivalent))
1 - 7The stable minimum plasma level (C
twenty four , ss) and all compounds in the tested clinical isolates in vitro
1EC
95Comparison is used to determine whether the steady-state plasma concentration is always higher than EC
95, which will produce increased efficacy in vivo against any or all clinical isolates tested. Compounds
1EC
95and compounds
2EC
95Same. For effective compounds
2, metabolites
1 - 7The stable minimum plasma level should exceed EC
95.
As shown in Figure 24, the compounds against all tested clinical isolates
2EC
95The range is approximately 18 to 24 nM.
As shown in Figure 24, the compound in humans at a dose of 450 mg QD (400 mg free base equivalent)
2Provides a predicted steady-state minimum plasma concentration of approximately 40 ng/mL (C
twenty four , ss). Compounds present in humans at a dose of 600 mg QD (550 mg free base equivalent)
2Provides a predicted steady-state minimum plasma concentration of approximately 50 ng/mL (C
twenty four , ss).
Therefore, substitute metabolites
1 - 7The predicted steady-state plasma concentration is the EC for all clinical isolates tested (even the difficult GT3a)95, which indicates excellent potency.
In contrast, the EC of the standard of the nucleotide sofosbuvir
95The EC values of all HCV clinical isolates tested ranged from 50 to 265 nM, with only two isolates, GT2a and GT2b, having EC values higher than 2.95Less than the predicted steady-state concentration at the commercial dose of 400 mg. For other clinical isolates GT1a, GT1b, GT3a, GT4a, and GT4d, the EC of the commercial dose of 400 mg sofosbuvir
95Greater than predicted steady-state concentration.
Using 300 mg minimum steady-state plasma concentration (Ctwenty four , ss)Predicted compounds
2450 mg Steady-state minimum plasma concentration (C
twenty four , ss). Average steady-state minimum plasma concentration at 300 mg (C
twenty four , ss) is 26.4 ng/mL, and the calculated value is therefore 26.4×450/300=39.6 ng/mL.
Use the following three methods to predict the 600 mg steady-state minimum plasma concentration (C
twenty four , ss): 1) 600 mg on day 1 C
twenty fourThe mean value was 25.8 ng/mL and a 60% increase was assumed to reach steady state. Therefore, the calculated value is 25.8×1.6=41.3 ng/mL; 2) 400 mg Day 1 C
twenty fourThe mean value was 22.5 ng/mL and a 60% increase was assumed to achieve steady state. Considering dose proportional PK, the calculated value was 22.5×1.6×600/400=54 ng/mL; and 3) 300 mg steady state minimum plasma concentration (C
twenty four , ss) is 26.4 ng/mL and proportional PK is assumed. Therefore, the calculated value is 26.4×2=52.8 ng/mL. 600 mg Steady-state minimum plasma concentration (C
twenty four , ss) is the average of 3 data points ( (41.3+54+52.8)/3=49.3 ng/mL). Compared with C after a single dose
twenty fourIn contrast, in a stable state, C
twenty fourThere is usually about a 60% increase in the presence of.
Comparison of the efficacy and pharmacokinetic stability parameters in Figure 24 clearly shows that the compounds used to treat hepatitis C
2of unexpected therapeutic importance. In fact, administration of the compound
2The predicted steady-state plasma levels thereafter were predicted to be higher than the EC for all genotypes tested
95At least 2 times higher and 3 to 5 times more potent than GT2. This data indicates that the compound
2It has potent pan-genotypic antiviral activity in humans. As shown in Figure 24, the EC of sofosbuvir at GT1, GT3 and GT4
95greater than 100 ng/mL. Therefore, surprisingly, the compound
2Active against HCV at dosage forms that deliver lower steady-state minimum concentrations (40-50 ng/mL) than those achieved by similar sofosbuvir dosage forms (approximately 100 ng/mL).
Examples 26 . Compound 2 Preparation Description and ManufacturingCompounds
2Representative non-limiting batch formulas for tablets (50 mg and 100 mg) are presented in Table 36. Tablets were produced by co-blending using a direct compression method, as shown in Figure 25. The active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) was adjusted based on the current analysis, with adjustments made in the percentage of microcrystalline cellulose. The API and excipients (microcrystalline cellulose, lactose monohydrate, and sodium croscarmellose) were screened, placed in a V blender (PK Blendmaster, 0.5 L tank) and mixed at 25 rpm for 5 minutes. Magnesium stearate was then screened, added, and the blend was mixed for an additional 2 minutes. The co-blend was distributed to produce 50 mg and 100 mg tablets. The lubricated blend was then compressed at 10 tablets/min using a single punch research tablet maker (Korsch XP1) and a gravimetric powder feeder. A round standard concave 6 mm tool and a force of 3.5 kN produced 50 mg tablets. An 8 mm round standard concave tool and a force of 3.9-4.2 kN produced 100 mg tablets.
surface 36 . 50 mg and 100 mg Compound 2 Tablet preparation raw material % w/w g/ batch Mg/ unit
50 mg tablet 100 mg tablet
Compound 2 50.0 180.0 50.0 100.0
Microcrystalline cellulose, USP/NF, EP 20.0 72.0 20.0 40.0
Lactose monohydrate, USP/NF, BP, EP, JP 24.0 86.4 24.0 48.0
Cross-linked carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, USP/NF, EP 5.0 18.0 5.0 10.0
Magnesium stearate, USP/NF, BP, EP, JP 1.0 3.6 1.0 2.0
Total 100.0 200.0
Adjust compounds based on current analysis
2, with adjustments made in the percentage of microcrystalline cellulose. Screening compounds
2and excipients (microcrystalline cellulose, lactose monohydrate and cross-linked carboxymethyl cellulose sodium), were placed in a V blender (PK Blendmaster, 0.5 L tank) and mixed at 25 rpm for 5 minutes. The blend was then screened, magnesium stearate was added and mixed for an additional 2 minutes. The co-blend was dispensed to produce 50 mg and 100 mg tablets. The blend was then compressed and lubricated using a single-shot research tablet maker (Korsch XP1) and a gravity powder feeder at a rate of 10 tablets/min. A round standard concave 6 mm tool and a force of 3.5 kN were used to produce 50 mg tablets. 100 mg tablets were produced using an 8 mm round standard concave tool and a force of 3.9-4.2 kN. Specifications for 50 mg and 100 mg tablets are shown in Table 37.
surface 37 . Compound 2 Of 50 mg and 100 mg Tablet specifications 50 mg tablet 100 mg tablet
Average weight (n=10) 100 ± 5 mg 200 ± 10 mg
Individual weight 100 ± 10 mg 200 ± 20 mg
hardness 5.3 kp 8.3 kp
Split < 15 minutes < 15 minutes
Crispness NMT 0.5% NMT 0.5%
The 50 mg and 100 mg tablets produced as described above were subjected to a 6 month stability study at the following three conditions: 5°C (refrigerated), 25°C/60% RH (ambient), and 40°C/75% RH (accelerated). Both the 50 mg and 100 mg tablets were chemically stable at all three conditions tested.
Under refrigerated conditions (5°C), both the 50 mg and 100 mg tablets remained morphologically unchanged white solids from T=0 months to T=6 months. No impurities greater than 0.05% were reported for either the 50 mg tablet or the 100 mg tablet throughout the 6 month study. The water content after 6 months was also less than 3.0% w/w for both tablets. Similar results were reported when the tablets were subjected to ambient conditions (25°C/60% RH), with no impurities greater than 0.05% reported for both tablets throughout the 6 months and the water content not exceeding 3.0% w/w at the 6 month mark. When the tablets were subjected to accelerated conditions (40°C/75% RH), the morphology of the 50 mg and 100 mg tablets did not change from white round tablets. One impurity was reported after 3 months, but the impurity was only 0.09%. A second impurity was reported after 6 months, but the total impurity percentage was only 0.21% for both the 50 mg and 100 mg tablets. The water content at 6 months was 3.4% w/w for the 50 mg tablet and 3.2% w/w for the 100 mg tablet.
In an independent study, the compound was measured at ambient conditions (25°C/60% RH)
2The stability of 50 mg and 100 mg tablets over 9 months. The morphology of the 50 mg and 100 mg tablets did not change from white round tablets over the course of 9 months. The impurities in the 50 mg tablets were less than 0.10% after 9 months and the impurities in the 100 mg tablets were less than 0.05%. The water content of the 50 mg tablets and 100 mg tablets was only 2.7% w/w and 2.6% w/w, respectively, after 9 months.
This specification has been described with reference to the embodiments of the present invention. However, it is generally understood by those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations may be made without departing from the scope of the invention as described in the patent application below. Therefore, this specification should be viewed in an illustrative rather than a restrictive sense, and all such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the invention.